Documents - MX Instalatii Electrice Antiex

Solutions through technology
Reservations of failure and changes in this catalogue.

Doc.no.: 122-DIV-5, Rev. B (printed edition)
Editing completed June 2010.
Technor Group is an international technology group with its head office in

Stavanger, and with its own operational businesses in Norway, France, UK, Italy,
United Arab Emirates, Singapore and Benelux.
The Groups main markets are within Oil & Gas and Petrochemical Industries.
Our products enable safe transport and application of electric signals and power
in potentially explosive atmospheres. Our core competence is in the fields of
electro-mechanics, instrumentation and electronics.
Equipment for use in explosive atmospheres must satisfy the requirements of
international and national regulations (Atex for Europe, others IECEx, CSA, UL,
Gost etc.), and each individual component of the systems must be certified in
accordance with specific Ex-certification requirements.
Table of Contents
Ex-Regulations
Engineering and Customer

Based Product Solutions
18
Pressurized Systems and Cabinets
21
Terminal Boxes
23
Control Equipment - Components
31
Control Stations
45
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
77
Flameproof Enclosures
95
Pressurized Systems and Cabinets
121
Audible and Visual Signals
125
Lighting
141
Cable Glands and Accessories
171
Plugs and Sockets
211
Gas Detection
225
Ex Regulations
Explosive Atmosphere regulation
Explosion Protection
An explosive atmosphere is built up by a mixture of flammable gases, vapours, mists or dust with atmosphere air.
If the mixture (flammable substances/air) has the right ratio it can be ignited by a ignition source and create an explosion.
Factors for creating an explosion:
ial
ter
Ma
Ign
itio
n
1. Air (or in fact oxygen in the air)

2. Flammable material (substance)
3. Ignition source
Air
There are two main principles to avoid an explosion; primary and secondary precautions.
When an ignition source is present primary explosion protection can be achieved by:
- Using natural or forced ventilation to limit the explosive concentration
- Avoiding flammable materials (substance)
- Using inert gas in the atmosphere (e.g. Nitrogen)
If still an explosive atmosphere can be created in a area, Ignition Control is the alone way of avoiding explosion.
Type of Ignition Sources
Hot surfaces
Flames and hot gases
Mechanically produced sparks
Electrical equipment
Transient currents
Static electricity
Lightning strikes
Electromagnetic waves
Optical radiation
Ultrasound
Chemical reactions
People (indirectly)
The techniques of equipment protection for use in explosive atmospheres are just a matter of controlling
(eliminating) possible ignition sources (secondary explosion protection)
Ex Regulations
Where do we find explosive atmospheres?
Metal surface grinding, especially aluminium dust and particles

Oil refineries, rigs and processing plants
Gas pipelines and distribution centres
Printing industries, paper and textiles
Aircraft refuelling and hangars
Chemical processing plants
Grain handling and storage
Sewage treatment plants
Surface coating industries
Underground coalmines
Woodworking areas
Sugar refineries
Vessels/ships
Power plants
Where a potential explosive atmosphere can occur, certain safety levels need to be taken into account regarding the
possible danger of an explosion in this area. The areas therefore need to be divided into zones according to presence of
the flammable substances.
Zone 0
Zone 1
Zone 2
A place in which an explosive atmosphere

consisting of a mixture with air of flammable
substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist
is present continuosly or for long periods or
frequently.

consisting of a mixture with air or flammable
substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist is
likely to occur in normal operation occasionally.

consisting of a mixture with air of flammable
substances in the form of gas, vapour or mist
is not likely to occur in normal operation, but - if
it does occur - will persist for a short period
only.
Explosive atmosphere for more than 1000 h/yr.
Explosive atmosphere for more than 10, but

less than 1000 h/yr.
Explosive atmosphere for less than 10 h/yr
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
A place in which an explosive atmospere in

the form of cloud of combustible dust in air
is present continously, or for long periods or
frequently.
A place in which an explosive atmosphere in

the form of a cloud of combustible dust in air is
likely to occur in normal operation occasionally.
A place in which an explosive atmosphere in

the form of a cloud of combustible dust in air is
not likely to occur in normal operation, but - if it
does occur - will persist for a short period only.
Ex Regulations
Examples of the criteria for the mixture of flammable substances (gas)
towards air in such a way that an explosion can occur are:
100 Vol%
Concentration of Air
Mixture too lean
0 Vol%
Explosion range
Mixture too rich
Explosion
lower
limit
higher
100% LEL
UEL
Concentration of flammable substances
0%
0 Vol%
Typical concentration of gases/vapours in the air where an explosion can appear (% vol. of gas in air):
LEL
Methane
Propane
Butane
4.4%
1.7%
1.4%
Explosion
UEL
(IEC 60079-20-1)
16.5%
10.6%
9.3%
1. LEL (Lower Explosive Limit)

2. UEL (Upper Explosive Limit)
3. Optimum mixture
4. MIE: Minimum Ignition Energy
100 Vol%
Ex Regulations
Atex Directive
Atex directive
- Product Directive 1994/9/EC
- User Directive 1999/92/EC
Equipment Directive 1994/9/EC
This directive has been mandatory in Europe from 01.07.2003, and covers the regulations concerning equipment and
protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. This directive has four chapters which are subdivided
into 16 articles. In each chapter it is made reference to the Annex I to XI, which include 7 modules.
For full info visit http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/atex/internationaldevelopment.htm
Content of directive 94/9/EC
Main part
Chapter
Article
Heading
1-7
Scope of application, placed in service and free movement of goods
II
89
Conformity assessment procedures
III
10 11
CE marking of conformity
IV
12 16
Concluding provisions
Annexes
I
Criteria determining the classification decision of equipment groups in categories
II
Essential safety and health requirements for the design and construction of
equipment and protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres
III
Module: EC-type examination
IV
Module: Production Quality assurance
Module: Product verification
VI
Module: Conformity to type
VII
Module: Product Quality assurance
VIII
Module: Internal control of production
IX
Module: Unit verification
CE marking and contents of the EC declaration of conformity
XI
Minimum criteria to be taken into account by member states for the notification of bodies
Ex Regulations
Atex Directive
The directive 1994/9/EC is dividing the equipment into groups and categories.
- Equipment Group I applies for mining.
This group is subdivided into categories M1 & M2.
- Equipment Group II applies for all others (surface) areas.
This group is subdivided into categories 1, 2 and 3.
Note:
Equipment group III applies to dust atmospheres according to EN/IEC 60079-0
Group
Mining Industries
Group
Regular industries (gas + dust hazardous areas)
Category M1
Category M2
Category 1
Category 2
Category 3
Very high level of protection

(safe with 2 faults)
High level of protection

(safe with 1fault)
Very high level of

protection
(safe with 2 faults)
High level of protection

(safe with 1 fault)
Normal level of protection

(safe during normal
operation)
II 1 G (Gas)
II 1 D (Dust)
II 2 G (Gas)
II 2 D (Dust)
II 3 G (Gas)
II 3 D (Dust)
Equipment
to conform with the Atex Directive 94/9/EC
Must remain functional under specific De-energized under
explosive atmosphere concentration
specific explosive
atmosphere concentration
Marking
I M1
I M2
Electrical Equipment
Area
Zone
Equipment
Category
How to comply
The manufacturer must evaluate the equipment according
to valid standard/Directives, and create a technical
file and subsequently issuing an EC D.O.C
(Declaration of Conformity)
EC-type examination certificate from NB
(Notified Body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)
EC-type examination certificate from NB
(Notified Body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)
Production requirements
The manufacturer needs to ensure a production
quality
The manufacturer needs to have a production

quality system and obtain a Production Quality
Assurance Notification from NB (Notified Body)
Non-electrical equipment
Area
Zone
Equipment
Category
How to be in compliance with the Atex Directive

To be verified by the manufacturer and submit a Technical File
Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
To be verified by manufacturer and submit technical file to NB (Nemko, DNV, INERIS e.g.)
To be certified by NB, EC-type examination certificate from NB (Notified Body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)
Ex Regulations
Atex Directive
Marking
Confirmation that the equipment fulfil
all valid EU directives
0470 Ref. no. for NB (production licence)
European conformity certificate
CE
II
2
G
D
Atex Marking
Equipment group
Category
For use in gas atmosphere
For use in dust atmosphere
IECEx Marking
Note:
The equipment also needs to be marked with the conventional protection mode (Ex)
according to EN/IEC 60079-0 (EN/IEC 61241-0 or 60079-31 for dust atmospheres)
Operating instruction/user manual;
The operating instructions of the manufacturer must clearly define the intended use of the equipment by the
operator. The minimum requirements for the operating instruction are amongst others:
- Information about safety aspects
- Installation
- Putting into service
- Use
- Assembling and dismantling
- Maintenance (servicing and emergency repair)
- Adjustment
Manufacturers Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.)

Equipment and protective systems can be placed on the market, only if marked with the CE mark and complete with
operating instructions and the manufacturers Declaration of Conformity. The CE conformity marking and the issued
Declaration of Conformity confirm that the equipment complies with all requirements and assessment procedures
specified in the EC Directives.
Note:
According to Directive 94/9/EC the mandatory evidence of complying with this is given in the EC D.O.C. including the
operating instructions.
Ex Regulations
Atex Directive
User Directive 1999/92/EC
This directive gives the minimum requirement for improving the safety and health protection of workers potentially at risk
from explosive atmospheres.
The main issues to be addressed;
- Assessment of explosion risk
- Zone classification
- Explosion protection documents
(including requirements for personnel to do engineering, equipment selection, installation, maintenance, repair
etc.)
Structure of Directive 1999/92/EC

Ruling part
Section
Article
I
II
III
1-2
3-9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10-15
Heading
General provisions
Obligations of the employer
Prevention of and protection against explosions
Assessment of the explosion risks
General obligations
Duty of coordination
Places where explosive atmosphere may occur
Explosion protection document
Special requirements for work equipment and workplaces
Other requirements
Annexes
Classification of places where explosive atmospheres may occur
1. Places where explosive atmospheres may occur
II
2. Classification of hazardous places

Minimum requirements for the improvement of the safety and health protection of employees who could be endangered by
explosive atmospheres
1. Organizational measures
B
III
2. Explosion protection measures

Criteria for the selection of equipment and protective systems
Warning signs for marking areas in which explosive atmospheres can occur
For further information (Directive 1999/92/EC and user guide) please visit;
http://ec.europa.eu/employment_social/health_safety/legislation_en.htm
Marking of Hazardous places
10
1
0
Ex Regulations
Ignition Sources
Classification of Ignition Sources for gas and vapour

Hot Surfaces
Ignition Temperature
Sparks
Ignition Energy
Temperature Class
T1 ... T6
Gas Group
A .... C
Temperature Class
Temperature Class
Maximum Surface Temperature

(at max. ambient temperature)
T1
450 C
T2
300C
T3
200C
T4
135C
T5
100C
T6
85C
Energy Classification
Minimum Ignition
Energy
< 20 Joules
< 20 Joules
European Groups
C
USA/Canada Groups
A
Gas / Vapour
Acetylene, Carbon disulphide
Hydrogen
< 60 Joules
Ethyl ether, Ethylene
< 180 Joules
Acetone, Butane, Ethanol, Gasoline, Hexane, Methanol,

Methane, Naphtha, Propane
11
1
Ex Regulations
Ignition Sources
Standards valid for

Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
EN (old)
EN (current)
General requirements
EN 50 014
EN 60079-0
Flameproof enclosures d
EN 50 018
EN 60079-1
Pressurized enclosures p
EN 50 016
EN 60079-2
Powder filling q
EN 50 017
EN 60079-5
Oil immersion o
EN 50 015
EN 60079-6
Increased safety e
EN 50 019
EN 60079-7
Intrinsic safety i
EN 50 020
EN 60079-11
Type of protection n
EN 50 021
EN 60079-15
Encapsulation m
EN 50 028
EN 60079-18
Intrinsically safe systems
EN 60079-25
Electrical equipment for Zone 0
EN 50 284
EN 60079-26
Intrinsically safe field bus systems
EN 60079-27
Optical radiation op
EN 60079-28
Standards valid for electrical apparatus for Explosive dust atmosphere

Standard EN (IEC)
Protection name
61241-0
Protection method
General requirement for Dust equipment
61241-1/60079-31
tD
Protected by enclosures
61241-2
pD
Protected by pressurization
61241-11
iD
Protected by intrinsic safety
61241-18
mD
Protected by encapsulation
Standards valid for non-electrical equipment

Protection type
EN 13463-
Marking letter
Basic method and requirements
EN13463-1*
Flow restricting enclosure
EN13463-2
fr
Flameproof enclosure
EN13463-3
Constructional safety
EN13463-5
Control of ignition sources
EN13463-6
Protected by liquid immersion
EN13463-8
* Will be replaced by ISO/EN 80079-36
Internal combustion engine motors

EN 1834-1
Gas, group II
EN 1834-2
Mines, group I
EN 1834-3
Dust, group II
12
Ex Regulations
Protection Methods
Marking
Flameproof enclosures (IEC/EN 60079-1)
The enclosures are constructed so that internal explosions
can not be transmitted to the external atmosphere
Ex d
Increased safety (IEC/EN 60079-7)

Prevention of ignition sources by fail safe design
(only simple electric components)
Ex e
Intrinsic safety (IEC/EN 60079-11)

Limitation of the energy stored in the electrical circuits category ia
and ib, simple apparatus, associated apparatus, safety barriers
Installation: Safety values (Uo, Io, Po, Lo, Co) and clearances
Ex ia/ib/ic
Type n (IEC/EN 60079-15 : Zone 2)

No ignition source in normal operation (no sparks, no hot surfaces)
Ex nA, Non-sparking
Ex nC, Protected sparking
Ex nR, Restricted breathing
Ex nL, Energy limited
Oil immersion (IEC/EN 60079-6)

Electrical parts are submerged in oil
Ex o
Pressurized apparatus (IEC/EN 60079-2)

Electrical parts are purged and pressurized with a protective gas
(air or inert gas)
Installation: Purge and pressure control/shut down device
Ex px, Gb (to safe area)

Ex py, Gb (to Gc)
Ex pz, Gc (to safe area)
Powder filling (IEC/EN 60079-5)

Electrical parts are submerged in a quartz powder
Ex q
Encapsulation (IEC/EN 60079-18)

Electrical parts are encapsulated in a specific resin.
Ex ma/mb
13
Ex Regulations
Equipment Protection Level
EPL (Equipment Protection Level) according to IEC/EN 60079-0 standard
Definition:
The level of protection assigned to equipment based on its likelihood of becoming a source of ignition and distinguishing
the differences between explosive gas atmospheres, explosive dust atmospheres, and the explosive atmosphere in mines
susceptible to firedamp.
Link between Zones, Atex categories and EPL:

Area towards Equipment
EN 60079-0
EPL
Group
Ma
Directive 94-9-EC
Product directive (Atex 100)
Level of
protection
Equipment
group
Very high
I
Equipment
category
EN60079-10X
Zones
M1
N/A
Directive 99/92/EC
User directive (Atex 137)
Hazardous quantities
Extent of protective
measure (Risk)
Without specific methane
Safe with 2 faults, rare
concentration
and foreseen
With specific methane

concentration
Safe with 1 fault,

foreseen
Mb
High
M2
Ga
Very high
1G
Often/longer periods

and foreseen
High
2G
Occasionally
Safe with 1 fault,

foreseen
3G
Rear/most likely never
Normal
Very high
1D
20
Often/longer periods

and foreseen
High
2D
21
Occasionally
Safe with 1 fault,

foreseen
Enhanced
3D
22
Rear/most likely never
Normal
Gb
II
Gc
Enhanced
II
Da
Db
Dc
III
Why EPL (Atex categories);

Historically it has been acceptable to install equipment into specific zones based on the type of protection.
In some cases it has been shown that the type of protection may been divided into different levels of protection that can
be correlated against each Zone. A better risk assessment would consider all factors. When using a risk assessment approach instead of the inflexible approach of the past linking equipment to Zones the inherent ignition risk of the equipment
is clearly indicated, no matter what type of protection is used.
An example using a risk assessment approach:
Plant operators often make intuitive decisions on extending (or restricting) their Zones in order to compensate for this
inflexibility. A typical example is the installation of Zone 1 Type navigation equipment in Zone 2 areas of offshore oil
production platforms, so that the navigation equipment can remain functional even in the presence of a totally unexpected
and prolonged gas release. On the other hand, it is reasonable for the owner of a remote, well secured, small pumping
station to drive the pump with a Zone 2 Type motor, even in Zone 1, if the total amount of gas available to explode is
small and the risk to life and property from such as explosion can be discounted.
The situation became more complex with the publication of the first edition of IEC 60079-26 which introduced additional
requirements to be applied for equipment intended to be used in Zone 0. Prior to this, Ex ia was considered to be the only
technique acceptable in Zone 0.
It has been recognized that it is beneficial to identify and mark all products according to their inherent ignition risk. This
makes equipment selection easier and a risk assessment approach, more appropriate.
14
New marking for Ex equipment
ATEX
OLD Gas Atmosphere
New IEC 60079-0:2007/EN 60079-0:2009
II 2 G
EEx/Ex d IIB T6
Ex d IIB T6 Gb or Ex db IIB T6*
II 2(1) G
EEx/Ex d [ia IIC] IIB T6
Ex d [ia IIC Ga] IIB T6 Gb or Ex db [ia IIC] IIB T6*
II 2 G
EEx/Ex ia IIC T4
Ex ia IIC T4 Gb or Ex ib IIC T4*
II 2 G
EEx/Ex e II T4
Ex e IIC T4 Gb or Ex eb IIC T4*
ATEX
OLD Dust Atmosphere
New IEC 60079-0:2007/EN 60079-0:2009
II 2 D
Ex tD A21 IP65 T120C
Ex t IIIC T120C Db or Ex tb IIIC T120C*
II 2(1) D
Ex tD [iaD] A21 IP65 T120C
Ex t [ia Da] IIIC T120C Db or Ex tb [ia] IIIC T120C*
II 1 D
Ex isD A20 IP65 T120C
Ex ia IIIC T120C Ga or Ex ia IIIC T120C*
*IEC alternate marking
EPL
Ga
Gb
Gc
EPL
Da
Db
flameproof enclosure
db
protected by enclosure
ta
tb
increased safety
eb
intrinsic safety
ia
ib
encapsulation
ma
mb
intrinsic safety
ia
ib
encapsulation
ma
mb
ic
pressurization
non-sparking
nAc
protected sparking
nCc
restricted sparking
nRc
energy limited
pb
Dc
tc
pc
nLc
oil immersion
ob
pressurization
pxb
pyb
powder filling
qb
pzc
The Ex marking for explosive gas atmospheres and explosive dust atmospheres
shall be separate and not combined:
II 1 G - Ex ia IIB T4
II 1 D - Ex ia IIIC T120C
or alternatively:
II 1 GD
Ex ia IIB T4 Ga
Ex ia IIIC T120C Da
15
IP Degree of Protection according to EN/IEC 60529
First figure
0
No protection
Second figure
0
No protection
Protected against a solid object 50 mm or greater
Protected against vertically dripping water
Protected against vertically dripping water, when tilted 15 degrees
Protected against a solid object 2,5 mm or greater
Protected against water spraying at an angle up to 60 degree
Protected against water splashing from any direction
Dust protected
Protected against jets of water from any directions
Dust tight
Protected against powerful jets of water from any directions
Protected against immersion between a depth of 150 mm and 1000

mm
Protected against submersion
Example IP66
16
16
EX Regulations
IP Rating
IP - first character
IP - second character
NEMA Enclosure type
3, 3X, 3S,
3SX
3R, 3RX
4, 4X
12, 12K,
13
6P
IP0_
IP_0
IP1_
IP_1
IP2_
IP_2
IP3_
IP_3
IP4_
IP_4
IP5_
IP_5
IP6_
IP_6
IP_7
IP_8
A
17
17
Engineering and Customer based product/solution
Engineering and Customer based product development

Our engineers have a comprehensive level of experience in developing and
designing Ex equipment for most applications, and hold a high level of professional
competence in this field. In accordance with our vision, we wish you as our customer
to receive the full benefit of this competence through working with us to find creative
and cost effective solutions to your particular needs, thus increasing safety and
profitability for your business. This kind of cooperation also helps to ensure effective
implementation of new technology in our market sector. We call this Customer based
product development. Our competitive advantage is that we can quickly implement
a tailor made solution, from design straight to product certification, and deliver the
product in small or large production batches.
Solutions through technology!

From Idea to Solution:
Concept study
Engineering
Prototyping
Ex certification
Documentation
Production
Delivery
Technors Engineering and Customer based activities

are divided into the following categories:
Panels
Engineering and assembly of standard products
Special solutions
Mainly engineering and assembly of standard products but
with some parts which need to be engineered as tailor made
Tailor made solutions

These are products or solutions are engineered and designed especially
according to the customers requirements
18
Panels
Engineering and building of a solution based on standard Ex components
(with or without incorporation of standard industrial components),
such as control panels, switch gears, motor starters etc.
Typical examples are:
Ex d panels
Ex e/ed panels
Ex p
Ex n (Zone 2 only)
Special solution
Modifying existing Ex components to be adapted to certain tailor requirements,
such as: CCTV applications, Remote I/O panels, HMI applications
(LCD display and PC solutions), pressurized systems, wireless measuring systems,
light equipment etc. Typical examples can include:
Ex d solutions
Ex e/ed solutions
Ex p
Ex n (for Zone 2)
Tailor made solutions (are mainly OEM products/solutions)

Creating and engineering of solution totally from the very beginning.
Typical applications are communication systems including wire, fibre optical,
wireless transfer, CCTV solutions, measuring systems, different types of
switch/control gear, light equipment etc.
The range of OEM products are designed to meet the clients demands, and are
usually used within an industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
If you come up with a unique product idea which is going to be used in
hazardous area, we can use our long-standing competence and experience within
the Ex field to ensure that you achieve your vision.
We can tailor make products using all Ex protection methods in close relationship with our clients and have them verified/certified for II 3 G/D (Zone 2/ 22),
II 2 G/D (Zone 1/ 21) , II 1 G/D (Zone 0/ 20) or a combination of these. For
certification we are using partners such as INERIS, DNV, Nemko, IMQ etc.
Technor can offer you more than 20 years of experience with tailor made Ex products.
19
This is how we can carry out a project:
Analyse the needs and valid directives/regulations
Develop initial ideas for the project covering the following:

- Mechanical (including IP NEMA rating, extreme temperature range,
involved materials etc)
- Electrical
- Method of Ex protection
- Budget price
Create a model of the solution - 2D or 3D format
Generation of prototypes for validation, if necessary
Ex certification (certificate to be issued by Notified Bodies/Certification Bodies)

- Atex
- IECEx
- Gost
- Others (North America, South America etc.)
Creating product documentation including:

- Production documentation
- Production procedures
- CE verification
- Declaration of Conformity
- User manual
- Other relevant demands for equipment to be used in hazardous area
Our client can receive the product from our production facilities as a part
product or a fully functional product. These can be delivered as follows:
- The product labelled with Technor
- The product labelled under the name of the client (this solution requires a
production license in the name of the product owner)
The client will receive a product that meets the requirements for use in
hazardous area without requiring his own competence regarding
Ex or production setup for such products.
20
Project Shedule
Pressurized Cabinets and Systems
Pressurized cabinets and systems (Ex p)

A typical project schedule for a pressurized system can be as follows:
Analysing the specific requirements from the client and clarifying these with the
client. This includes details such as environment conditions, material strength,
physical dimensions, electrical requirements, etc. An important task at this
stage is also to verify that all clients requirements can be solved within the
actual Ex standards and directives.
Construction of the actual panel/cabinet according to the demands and
specifications from the client.
Selecting the correct control systems according to the demands and
specifications given by the client, such as required cooling, limitation in purge
time, how much air/ inert gas is available etc.
At this point, any shut-down requirements need to be addressed and taken into
consideration before the actual control system is selected.
When the client has approved the construction-plans, the actual panel/ cabinet
can be manufactured.
Then the physical assembly of the system can start in our specialised
manufacturing facility with skilled personnel, including the internal components
(including possible free issue items) which are to be protected by pressurisation
and the purge/
Ex p control system.
Adjusting of control system parameters so that the pressurised control system
functions correctly regarding all requirements.
Fulfilling all purge and temperature tests according to the mandatory standards
(EN/IEC 60079-0 and 60079-2).
Final functional test.
Creating the required documentation package, including all client requirements.
Write the user manual, as a minimum to meet the requirements in EN/IEC
60079-0 and 60079-2 and the Directive 94/9/EC.
Applying for the Certificate of Conformity.
Issuing the EC Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.).
Handover (eventual FAT: Final Acceptance test) and delivery of the complete
system.
21
22
Terminal Boxes
TNCN
Junction Boxes, Ex e/i, Stainless steel AISI 316L
AQ/AL and AR/AL Series

Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, Copper free Aluminium
TNUP
Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, GRP
24
27
29
23
Terminal Boxes
TNCN
The TNCN range of 316 stainless steel Ex e enclosures are designed for
use in any environment where an explosive atmosphere may be present
and are especially recommended for chemical agent environments, seawater corrosion resistance and extremes of low and high temperature.
Specifications
Acid Resistant Stainless steel AISI316L
IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
-40C to +40C (T5)
-40C to +60C (T6/T4)
Option: -50C to +200C
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- IECEx
- CSA
- Brazilian
- GOST
Standards
Ex-Code
Cover gasket
Surface treatment
Material thickness
Earthing
Drain Plug
Gland Plate
DNV-2001-OSL-ATEX-0176
DNV-2008-OSL-ATEX-42438U
IECEx DNV 09.005U
IECEx DNV 09.004
CSA 2036776
09/UL-BRCN-0001
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7
EN:61241-0, 61241-1
Ex e II T6/T4 / Ex [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD A21 T85C - T110C
II 2 GD and EPL Gb/Db
Silicone (temp. -40C to +200C)
Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Min. 1.5 mm (depending on the box size)
Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Optional
Optional
Terminal box: maximum heat dissipation number of terminals

Maximum heat dissipation
Box type
Max. dissipated power at

Tamb=40C
121009
6W
151510
15 W
202010
20 W
202015
20 W
302015
30 W
282815
30 W
383815
40 W
575715
90 W
The maximum dissipated power level for terminal box sizes

not listed in the above table is equal to the nearest smaller
size box.
TNCN
Range of stocked boxes
Fixing dimensions
Box type
24
X (mm)
Y (mm)
121009
151
151510
181
202010
230
160
202015
230
160
302015
230
260
282815
310
240
383815
410
340
575715
600
530
Type
121009**
151510**
202010
202015
302015
282815
383815
575715
A
B
C
Width (cm) Height (cm) Depth (cm)
12
10
9
15
15
10
20
20
10
20
20
15
30
20
15
28
28
15
38
38
15
57
57
15
Volume
(dm3)
1.08
2.25
4.00
6.00
9.00
11.76
21.66
48.74
Weight
(kg)
1.5
2.5
3.00
3.5
5.0
5.2
8.1
16.4
TNCN Measurement Table range of stocked boxes.

Other sizes are available upon request. The boxes are delivered as standard with
left hinged covers held to the enclosure by screws.
Quick locks, screws only, or other systems can be delivered upon request.
** No hinges screws only
Terminal Boxes
TNCN
A or B
Width/
Height
(cm)
15
20
30
38
40
45
57
76
C
Depth
(cm)
Entry Matrix
M20
M25
10
15
12
20
16
12
27
24
15
10
10
10
15
15
15
20
25
20
27
35
30
10
15
14
15
24
21
20
40
28
27
56
42
10
20
18
15
30
27
20
50
36
27
70
54
10
22
18
15
27
20
55
36
27
77
54
10
24
20
15
36
30
20
60
40
27
84
60
10
32
26
15
48
39
20
80
52
30
128
78
10
42
36
15
63
54
20
105
72
27
147
108
This table lists our recommendations for the maximum

quantity of glands for installation in 1 face (the width
column in the table) on TNCN Junction Boxes.
Note: Recommended quantity.

MCT-frames can be fitted in boxes
with a minimum depth of 20 cm.
Dimensions
TNCN 121009/151509
TNCN 202010-575715
Box
202010
202015
302015
282815
383815
575715
Top/Bottom
Side (L+R)
A
148
148
248
228
328
518
C
148
148
148
228
328
518
B
36
81
81
81
81
81
D
81
81
81
81
81
81
25
26
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AL and AR/AL
AQ/AL and AR/AL range of copper-free aluminium Ex e enclosures are
highly recommended for chemical agent environments or those with a
high level of exposure to H2O, H2SO4, sea-water corrosion, low and high
temperatures and other heavy duty environments.
Specifications
Material
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0.1%)
IP Rating
IP66
Temperature
-50C to +60C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certificate
Standards
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-11

EN: 61241-0, 61241-1, 61241-11
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C/T100C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid/Door gasket
Neoprene
Surface treatment
External polyurethane painting (RAL 6003)
Material thickness
Body and cover thickness 8 mm, or more
Earthing
Internal and external earth stud made in AISI 304 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm
Drain plug
Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard
identification
Identification nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
inscriptions
Quantity for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for
terminals
Bearing in mind the infinite variety of combinations available:

quantity of terminals
relevant cross section
class of temperature
ambient temperature
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips. A free copy of
CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the Product Catalog and is also available as a
download from our website.
Accessories
on request
Identification label resin/trafolite made with fixing screws

Identification label stainless steel AISI 304 made with fixing screws
Inside anti-condensation painting
Hinged Cover Stainless steel AISI 304 made. Hinges fixed by bolts
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit fitting, either with metric pitch 1.5, ANSI
B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
27
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AL and AR/AL
Entries surface available
Box Type
Code
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
A.4200.04
A.4200.05
A.4200.06
A.4200.07
A.4200.08
Entries surface available

Short side A
Length side B
138 x 270
138 x 270
90 x 260
90 x 417
90 x 417
90 x 417
90 x 260
90 x 590
160 x 490
160 x 750
Maximum number of entries

Box Type
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
(*)
(**)
(***)
M20
A
B
31**
31**
36**
24**
36**
36**
50**
34**
76*** 48***
M25
A
B
18*
18*
20*
14*
20*
20*
28*
20*
48*** 30***
1 M32
A
B
16*
16*
18*
12*
18*
18*
25*
17*
39*** 24***
1 M40
A
B
7
7
7
5
7
7
10
7
22*
14*
1 M50
A
B
5
5
6
4
6
6
8
6
20*
12*
2 M63
A
B
4
4
5
3
5
5
7
4
8
5
2 M75
A
B
4
4
4
3
4
4
6
4
7
4
3 M80
A
B
3
3
4
2
4
4
6
3
6
4
Located on two rows

Located on three rows
Located on four rows
Range: Enclosures with High thickness wall (Hth)

External Dimensions Internal Dimensions
Box Type
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
Dimensions
28
Code
A.4200.04
A.4200.05
A.4200.06
A.4200.07
A.4200.08
A
(mm)
332
330
495
330
580
B
(mm)
332
495
495
660
840
C
(mm)
178
171
171
177
205
D
(mm)
302
304
461
302
540
E
(mm)
302
455
461
622
800
F
(mm)
155
151
151
150
178
Fixing
Dimensions
G
(mm)
315
470
470
635
810
H
(mm)
310
320
470
305
560
Mounting Plate
Dimension
(mm)
294x294
270x455
432x432
270x622
500x760
Weight
Kg
1.25
1.80
3.00
2.70
10
Wall
thickness
(mm)
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
Kg
8.00
12.40
17.30
16.70
36.00
Terminal Boxes
TNUP
The TNUP range of glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) Ex e
enclosures are suitable for petrochemical, marine and other applications
where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)

IP66 according to IEC 529
-20C to +40C (T6)
- Atex
- Brazilian
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0207X
08/UL-BRCP-0002
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-11
IEC: 60529
Ex e II T6
Ex e[ia] IIC T6
II 2 G
PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate/ earth tag upon request
Upon request
Plastic or metal, quantities according to table
According to table
Standards
Ex-Code
Earthing
Drain Plug
Glands
Terminals
Note
GRP Junction boxes type AR...P/AQ...P can be supplied

with T.amb. -50C to +60C under certificate
IMQ 08ATEX028X for II 2 G/D
TNUP Range of stocked boxes
Entry Table
Type
121209
A
Width
(mm)
123
B
Height
(mm)
120
C
Depth
(mm)
91
Weight
(kg)
1.1
GA-Dwg.
TNU-35-6
161609
160
160
92
1.5
TNU-36-6
252512
255
250
120
2.9
TNU-37-6
361609
360
160
92
2.5
TNU-39-6
402512
400
250
120
4.3
TNU-49-6
404117
400
405
165
6.1
TNU-40-6
Depth
Side
Width
12
A/B
M20
4
A/B
M25
3
A/B
M32
2
A/B
M40
1
09
16
36
18
11
12
16
25
17
11
40
27
17
13
40
40
27
20
16
The boxes are delivered with screws in lid as standard
Dimensions
29
30
Pushbutton
HarmAtex pushbutton, Ex ed, Metal and Platstic
Emergency Mushroom
HarmAtex Emergency Mushroom, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Selector Switch
HarmAtex Selector Switch, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Illuminated Switch
HarmAtex Illuminated Switch, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Pilot Light
HarmAtex Pilot Light, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Contactblock
HarmAtex Contactblock, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Pushbuttons
Ex d Components
Rotary Selector Switches

Ex d Components
Pilot Lamps
Ex d Components
Contacts
Ex d Components
32
34
35
37
39
40
41
42
43
43
31

Pushbutton
The HarmAtex range of control components are suitable for use as
components in all Ex e & Ex tD enclosures. The product offers a
flexible control and indication solution while maintaining IP66 integrity
of the enclosure.
The HarmAtex pushbutton range features large flush, projecting or
mushroom type operator heads with a choice of momentary or push-push
actuation modes with plastic or metal bezels. Two contact block variants
are available for 6 and 16Amp applications and the Harmatex range offers
unrivalled flexibility with a modular design accommodating up to 6 contacts per operator head for 6A contacts and 3 contacts for 16A variants.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

-20C to +80C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS02ATEX9007U
08/UL-BRAE-0005U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Panel cut-out 22.5mm
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Connection
Rated
Operational Characteristics for
standard 6 A Contactblock
AC15; A 600
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0.15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0.27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0.55 A
Optionally: 16 A can be used (ref. page 40)
ADD:
Head Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability
32
22 pushbutton
Type
Pushbutton,
Flush
Pushbutton,
Projecting
Lid mounting
Colour
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
White
NO
XBW4BA11
z Black
NO
XBW4BA21
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
NO
NC
NO
NO
XBW4BA31
XBW4BA42
XBW4BA51
XBW4BA61
White
z Black
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
XBW4BL11
XBW4BL21
XBW4BL31
XBW4BL42
XBW4BL51
z Blue
NO
XBW4BL61
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel

Pushbutton
22 pushbutton
Rated
Operational Characteristics for standard
6A contactblock
AC15; A 600
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
Lid mounting
Base mounting
Type
Pushbutton,
push-push to release,
Flush
Colour
White
z Black
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Contact
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO
Reference
w/metal bezel
XBW4BH011
XBW4BH021
XBW4BH031
XBW4BH042
XBW4BH051
XBW4BH061
Pushbutton,
push-push to release,
Projecting
White
z Black
z Green
z Red
NO
NO
NO
NC
XBW4BH11
XBW4BH21
XBW4BH31
XBW4BH42
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BH51
z Blue
NO
XBW4BH61
White
NO
XBW4BP11S
XBW5AP11S
XBW5AP11SP
z Black
NO
XBW4BP21S
XBW5AP21S
XBW5AP21SP
z Green
NO
XBW4BP31S
XBW5AP31S
XBW5AP31SP
z Red
NC
XBW4BP42S
XBW5AP42S
XBW5AP42SP
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BP51S
XBW5AP51S
XBW5AP51SP
z Blue
NO
XBW4BP61S
XBW5AP61S
XBW5AP61SP
White
NO
XBW4BC11
XBW5AC11
XBW5AC11P
z Black
NO
XBW4BC21
XBW5AC21
XBW5AC21P
z Green
NO
XBW4BC31
XBW5AC31
XBW5AC31P
z Red
NC
XBW4BC42
XBW5AC42
XBW5AC42P
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BC51
XBW5AC51
XBW5AC51P
z Blue
NO
XBW4BC61
XBW5AC61
XBW5AC61P
Pushbutton,
with coloured silicone boot,
Flush
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0.15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0.27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0.55 A
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Reference
w/plastic bezel

Mushroom Pushbutton
Pushbutton 40mm
mushroom head,
Spring return
Dimensions (mm)
33

Emergency Mushroom
The HarmAtex range of emergency mushroom pushbuttons are suitable
for use as components in all Ex e & Ex tD enclosures. The product offers
a flexible control and indication solution while maintaining IP66 integrity of
the enclosure.
The HarmAtex emergency mushroom pushbutton range is available in
three operator head formats: push-pull, twist to release or key release
normally supplied with one NC contact. Two contact block variants are
available for 6 and 16Amp applications and the Harmatex range offers
unrivalled flexibility with a modular design accommodating up to 6 contacts
per operator head for 6A contacts and 3 contacts for 16A variants.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

20C to +80C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS02ATEX9007U
08/UL-BRAE-0005U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Panel cut-out 22.5mm (recommended 22.4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Rated
Operational Characteristics for standard
6 A contactblock
AC15; A 600
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A
Emergency stop mushroom pushbutton

Type
Colour
Contact
40mm latching mushroom

head pushbutton,
push-pull
z Red
NC
Reference
w/plastic bezel
XBW5AT42P
XBW5AT842P
w/trigger action
z Black
NO

head pushbutton, key 455
z Red
z Black
NC
NO
XBW4BS142
XBW4BS121
XBW5AS142 (1)
XBW5AS142P

head pushbutton,
turn to release
z Red
z Black
NC
NO
XBW4BS542
XBW4BS521
XBW5AS542 (1)
XBW5AS542P

34
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel
XBW4BT42
XBW5AT42
XBW4BT842
XBW5AT842
w/trigger action w/trigger action
XBW4BT21
Dimensions (mm)
Lid mounting
Reference
w/metal bezel
(1) Provided with metallic screw

Selector Switch
The HarmAtex range of selector switches are suitable for use as components in all Ex e & Ex tD enclosures. The product offers a flexible control
and indication solution while maintaining IP66 integrity of the enclosure.
The HarmAtex selector switch range is available in five operator head
formats: standard handle, rotary handle, extended length handle, key
switch and toggle switch. Each operator is available with 2 or 3 position,
stay-put or spring-return actuation. Two contact block variants are
available for 6 and 16Amp applications and the Harmatex Selector Switch
range offers unrivalled flexibility with a modular design accommodating up
to 2 contacts per position for 6A and 1 for 16A applications.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

20C to +80C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS02ATEX9007U
08/UL-BRAE-0005U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
30x40mm (WxH)
Key n455 as standard, other upon request
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Key
Dimensions (mm)
35

Selector Switch
Selector switches and key switches
Lid mounting
Contact
Rated
Operational
Characteristics
for standard 6 A
contactblock
AC15; A 600
Ue=600 V Ie=1,8 A
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0.15 A
Ue=250 V Ie=0.27 A
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Number and type
Selector
switches
with
standard
handle,
black
2 stay put
NO
XBW4BD21
XBW5AD21
XBW5AD21P
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BD41
XBW5AD41
XBW5AD41P
Selector
switches
with wheel
handle,
black
Selector
switches
with long
handle,
black
Selector
switches
with key
455, black
3 stay put
NO + NO
XBW4BD33
XBW5AD33
XBW5AD33P
3 spring return to center
NO + NO
XBW4BD53
XBW5AD53
XBW5AD53P
3 spring return from left to center
NO + NO
XBW4BD73
XBW5AD73
XBW5AD73P
3 spring return from right to center
NO + NO
XBW4BD83
XBW5AD83
XBW5AD83P
NO
XBW4BD291
XBW5AD291
XBW5AD291P
2 stay put
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BD491
XBW5AD491
XBW5AD491P
3 stay put
NO + NO
XBW4BD393
XBW5AD393
XBW5AD393P
NO + NO
XBW4BD593
XBW5AD593
XBW5AD593P
NO + NO
XBW4BD793
XBW5AD793
XBW5AD793P
NO + NO
XBW4BD893
XBW5AD893
XBW5AD893P
2 stay put
NO
XBW4BJ21
XBW5AJ21
XBW5AJ21P
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BJ41
XBW5AJ41
XBW5AJ41P
3 stay put
NO + NO
XBW4BJ33
XBW5AJ33
XBW5AJ33P
NO + NO
XBW4BJ53
XBW5AJ53
XBW5AJ53P
NO + NO
XBW4BJ73
XBW5AJ73
XBW5AJ73P
NO + NO
XBW4BJ83
XBW5AJ83
XBW5AJ83P
2 stay put key withdrawal in left position
NO
XBW4BG21
XBW5AG21
XBW5AG21P
2 stay put key withdrawal in both position
NO
XBW4BG41
XBW5AG41
XBW5AG41P
2 spring return from right to left
NO
XBW4BG61
XBW5AG61
XBW5AG61P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in 3 positions
NO + NO
XBW4BG03
XBW5AG03
XBW5AG03P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in center position
NO + NO
XBW4BG33
XBW5AG33
XBW5AG33P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left or right position
NO + NO
XBW4BG53
XBW5AG53
XBW5AG53P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left position
NO + NO
XBW4BG93
XBW5AG93
XBW5AG93P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in right position
NO + NO
XBW4BG093
XBW5AG093
XBW5AG093P
NO + NO
XBW4BG13
XBW5AG13
XBW5AG13P
NO + NO
XBW4BG73
XBW5AG73
XBW5AG73P
3 spring return from right to center, key

withdrawal in center position
NO + NO
XBW4BG83
XBW5AG83
XBW5AG83P
3 spring return from right to center, key

withdrawal in left position
NO + NO
XBW4BG083
XBW5AG083
XBW5AG083P
Toggle
2 stay put
witches,
2 spring return
black lever
This selector switch can have an extra N/C contact block on the central position.
The central N/C contact block is acting on left and right position.
Contact us for further information.
36
Reference
w/plastic
bezel
Type
Ue=125 V Ie= 0.55 A
Optionally: 16 A can be
used (ref. page 40)
Reference
w/metal
bezel
NO
XBW4BD281
XBW5AD281
XBW5AD281P
NO
XBW4BD481
XBW5AD481
XBW5AD481P

Illuminated Switch
The HarmAtex range of illuminated control components are suitable for
use as components in all Ex e & Ex tD enclosures. The product offers a
flexible control and indication solution while maintaining IP66 integrity of
the enclosure.
The HarmAtex illuminated control component range offers both pushbutton and selector switch operator heads in a choice of colours
illuminated by a multi-voltage LED. Illuminated selector switches are
available with 2 or 3 position stay-put or spring return actuation. Two
contact block variants are available for 6 and 16Amp applications and
the Harmatex Illuminated Selector Switch offers unrivalled flexibility with
a modular design accommodating up to 2 contacts per position for 6A
and 1 for 16A applications. Illuminated Pushbuttons can accommodate 4
contacts for 6A and 2 contacts for 16A applications.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

20C to +65C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS04ATEX9003U, INERIS02ATEX9007U
08/UL-BRAE-0005U / 08/UL-BRAE-0006U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC / Ex em II 2 GD
30x40mm (WxH)
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Rated Operational Characteristics for standard 6 A contactblock

AC15; A 600
Ue = 400 V Ie = 1.8 A
Ue = 240 V Ie = 3 A
Ue = 120 V Ie = 6 A
Illuminated Pushbutton
Type
DC13; Q600
Ue = 400 V Ie = 0.15 A
Ue = 250 V Ie = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 V Ie = 0.55 A
Integral LED 24V to 415V AC/DC
Illuminated Pushbutton,
Flush
Lid mounting
Colour
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
White
NO
XLW4BW3131
z Green
NO
XLW4BW3331
z Red
NC
XLW4BW3432
z Yellow
NO
XLW4BW3531
z Blue
NO
XLW4BW3631
Mechanical durability
Service life (LED):
100,000 hours at ambient temperature
37

Illuminated Switch
Illuminated selector switch
Type
Illuminated Selector,
2 positions, stay put
2 positions, spring
return
3 positions, stay put
3 positions, spring
return to centre
Colour
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Lead mounting
Contact
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
Reference
w/metal bezel
XLW4BK12131
XLW4BK12331
XLW4BK12432
XLW4BK12531
XLW4BK12631
XLW4BK14131
XLW4BK14331
XLW4BK14432
XLW4BK14531
XLW4BK13133
XLW4BK13333
XLW4BK13433
XLW4BK13533
XLW4BK13633
XLW4BK15133
XLW4BK15433
XLW4BK15533
Dimensions (mm)
Metallic head
38
Metallic head
Illuminated selector switch

Type
3 positions, spring
return left to centre
3 positions, spring
return right to centre
Colour
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Lead mounting
Contact
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
Reference
w/metal bezel
XLW4BK17133
XLW4BK17333
XLW4BK17433
XLW4BK17533
XLW4BK17633
XLW4BK18133
XLW4BK18333
XLW4BK18433
XLW4BK18533
XLW4BK18633

Pilot Light
of the enclosure.
The HarmAtex range of pilot lights are available in a choice of colours
illuminated by a multi-voltage LED offering unrivalled flexibility and a
service life of100,000 hours operation at 20c ambient.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

20C to +65C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS04ATEX9003U
08/UL-BRAE-0006U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex em II 2 GD
30x40mm (WxH)
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Pilot lights, spare parts and complementary parts

Complet Pilot light with integral LED
24V to 415V AC/DC
Mechanical durability
Service life (LED):
100,000 hours
at ambient temperature
Type
Integral LED multivoltage, multi current
Colour
Lid mounting
Reference
Reference
w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel
White
z Green
XLW4BV013
XLW5AV013
XLW4BV033
XLW5AV033
z Red
XLW4BV043
XLW5AV043
z Yellow
XLW4BV053
XLW5AV053
z Blue
XLW4BV063
XLW5AV063
Pilot light with integral LED 24V to 415V AC/DC for coloured head
Type
Colour
Reference
ZBWV1
White
Integral LED 24V to 250V AC/DC
z Green
Pilot light for coloured head
ZBWV3
z Red
ZBWV1
z Yellow
ZBWV1
z Blue
ZBWV1
39

Contact block
of the enclosure.
The HarmAtex contact block is available for NO (normally open) and
NC (normally closed) orientation and a modular design allows for
unrivalled flexibility of function of the HarmAtex operator head. The
contact block is available in 6 or 16 Amp variant. When 6 Amp contact
blocks are used up to 6 contacts (in two rows) can be used with each
operator head (maximum 4 contacts for illuminated units). When 16
Amp contact blocks are used, up to 3 contacts can be installed on each
operator head (maximum 2 contacts for illuminated units.)
HarmAtex contact blocks are designed for a service life of 1 million
operating cycles.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Metal and Plastic

20C to +80C
- Atex
- Brazilian
INERIS02ATEX9007U
08/UL-BRAE-0005U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC / II 2 GD
30x40mm (WxH)
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Standard contactblock 6 Amp, spare parts and complementary parts

Rated Operational
Characteristics
Contact Block
AC15; A 600
Ue= 400 V Ie= 1,8 A
Ue= 240 V Ie= 3 A
Ue= 120 V Ie= 6 A
Type
DC13; Q600
Ue= 400 V Ie= 0.15 A
Ue= 250 V Ie= 0.27 A
Ue= 125 V Ie= 0.55 A
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
Reference
w/plastic bezel
NO contact block for lead mounting

NC contact block for lead mounting
NO contact block for base plate mounting
NC contact block for base plate mounting
NO contact block with bracket
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
ZBWE1111
ZBWE1121
ZBWZ101
ZBWZ1010
NC contact block with bracket
NC
ZBWZ102
ZBWZ1020
Contactblock 16 Amp, spare parts and complementary parts*

Rated Operational
Characteristics
Contact Block
AC15; A 600
Ue= 600 V Ie= 3.2 A
Ue= 240 V Ie= 8 A
Ue= 120 V Ie= 16 A
Type
DC13; Q600
Ue= 600 V Ie= 0.3 A
Ue= 250 V Ie= 0.7 A
Ue= 125 V Ie= 1.45 A
*Cannot be used with push-push actuators
40
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
Reference
w/plastic bezel
NO contact block for lead mounting

NC contact block for lead mounting
NO contact block for base plate mounting
NC contact block for base plate mounting
NO contact block with bracket
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
ZBWE161
ZBWE162
ZBWE1611
ZBWE1621
ZBWZ161
ZBWZ1010
NC contact block with bracket
NC
ZBWZ162
ZBWZ1620
Control Equipment Components

Components for certified Ex d enclosures
Specifications
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
IP66-67
50C to +60C
- Atex
IMQ09ATEX019U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex d IIC
Ex tD A21
Standards
Ex-Code
Pushbutton PLA
Pushbutton Operators - Modular Barrel M32 x 1.5.
Code
Type
Colour
Description
Weight (kg)
A.0276.11 PLA 10
Black
Start pushbutton operator
0.150
A.0276.12 PLA 20
Red
Stop pushbutton operator
0.150
A.0276.13 PLA 30
Green
0.150
Pushbutton PLB
Pushbutton Lockable Operators - Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Type
Colour
A.0276.14
PLB 10
Black
Description Weight (kg)

0.180
A.0276.15
PLB 20
Red
0.180
A.0276.16
PLB 30
Green
0.180
Pushbutton PLF
Key Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Type
Colour
A.0279.11
PLF 10-01/12
Black
Description Weight (kg)

0.200
Pushbutton PLC-I
Mushroom-Head Momentary Pushbutton Operator Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Type
Colour
A.0276.17
PLC-I
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0.150
Pushbutton PLC-S
Mushroom-Head Mantained Pushbutton Operator Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Type
Colour
A.0276.18
PLC-S
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0.150
Pushbutton PLC-S Lockable

Lockable Safety Guard for PLC-S: Mushroom-Head Maintained
Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Type
Colour
PLC-S
Lockable
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0.210
41

Pilot Lamps and Relative Tubolar Lamps
Pilot Lamps Operator Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Type
Colour
Description
Weight
(kg)
A.0277.11
PLD 10
White
0.130
A.0277.12
PLD 20
Red
0.130
A.0277.13
PLD 30
Green
0.130
A.0277.14
PLD 40
Yellow
0.130
PLD 50
Blue
0.130
Tubular Lamps for Pilot Lamp PLD

Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code
Type
H.0010.72
L BA 110/130V
H.0010.73
L BA 220/260V
H.0010.70
L BA 24/30V
H.0010.71
L BA 48V
Description
Incandescent Lamps
with sockets
BA9S 3 W*
* Enclosures equipped with pilot light + incandescent lamps

will have the Temperature Class = T4
LED for Pilot Lamp PLD

Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code
Type
Colour
Voltage
H.0013.12
LED BA9S 110V-B
White
110V
H.0013.11
LED BA9S 110V-G Yellow
110V
H.0013.09
LED BA9S 110V-R Red
110V
H.0013.10
LED BA9S 110V-V
Green
110V
H.0013.04
LED BA9S 12V-B
White
12V
H.0013.03
LED BA9S 12V-G
Yellow
12V
H.0013.01
LED BA9S 12V-R
Red
12V
H.0013.02
LED BA9S 12V-V
Green
12V
H.0013.16
LED BA9S 220-B
White
220V
H.0013.15
LED BA9S 220-G
Yellow
220V
H.0013.13
LED BA9S 220-R
Red
220V
H.0013.14
LED BA9S 220-V
Green
220V
H.0013.08
LED BA9S 24V-B
White
24V
H.0013.07
LED BA9S 24V-G
Yellow
24V
H.0013.05
LED BA9S 24V-R
Red
24V
H.0013.06
LED BA9S 24V-V
Green
24V
Enclosures equipped with pilot light + LED lamps

will have the Temperature Class = T5/T6
42

Selector Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
Modular Barrel M32 x 1,5.
Code
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
A.0542.51 PSRC 120
Type
20
0.130
A.0542.52 PSRC 220
20
0.160
A.0542.53 PSRC 320
20
0.200
A.0542.54 PSRC 420
20
0.200
A.0543.51 PSRC 132
32
0.200
A.0543.52 PSRC 232
32
0.200
A.0543.53 PSRC 332
32
0.250
A.0543.54 PSRC 432
32
0.250
PSRC C
Step Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
Code
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
A.0545.51 PSRC-C-120
Type
20
0.130
A.0545.52 PSRC-C-220
20
0.200
A.0545.53 PSRC-C-320
20
0.250
PSRC D
Change Over Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
Code
Type
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
A.0544.51 PSRC-D-120
20
0.130
A.0544.52 PSRC-D-220
20
0.200
A.0544.53 PSRC-D-320
20
0.250
Maximum 4 contact blocks for each operators

Code
Type
Description
Weight (kg)
A.0280.01 ELC - NO
NO FOR Pushbutton
operator
0.006
A.0280.02 ELC - NC
NC FOR Pushbutton
operator
0.006
ELC NC/NO
NC+NO Contact block

combintation
ELC NO/NC
NO+NC Contact block

combination
43
44
Control Stations
XAWE
Enclosure, Ex e/em/ed/emd, Plastic
XAWG-XAWF- XAWFS
Complete Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316L
XAWF-XAWFS
Enclosure for Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316L
XAWP
Pendant Control Station, Ex ed/emd, Metal, Rubber and GRP
EFE Series
Push Button Stations, Ex e/em/de/dem, GRP
TNCC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, AISI 316L
TNUC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, GRP
XADW/XAEW
Complete Control Station, Ex d, Aluminium
CP.../EFDCN Series
Enclosure for Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
CP.../EFSRC Series
Switches, Selector Switches, Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
EFQL Series
Miniature Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d
EPKMZ Series
Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d
AC1WD/DE8BA
Motor Starter, Ex d, Aluminium
46
48
52
54
58
60
61
62
66
70
72
73
74
45
Control Stations
XAWE
The XAWE range of polyamide control stations are designed to offer

a flexible, light weight and cost effective solution for 1 to 6 way control
ol
or signaling applications. It consists of modular enclosures that can
accommodate 1 to 3 control or signalling operators or ammeter.
Two XAWE enclosures can be combined to produce many different
configurations and combinations.
Benefits
The XAWE base mounting design offers improved access to

o
terminals or contact blocks for easier assembly.
The XAWE is designed for use with Harmatex range of control
ntrol
components to provide market leading function and flexibility.
lity.
The XAWE housing can incorporate an Ex ammeter.
The XAWE features an integrated internal earth continuity
ty plate.
The XAWE is ready supplied with 1 off M20 and 1 off M25
25
polyamide Ex e cable glands.
Technical data
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Polyamide
IP 65/66
-20C to +40C
(50C and 60C depending on configuration)
Approval
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
INERIS 03ATEX0122
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD, T6/T4
Ex e II
Ex e mb II
Ex d e IIC
Ex demb IIC
Ex tD A21
...or a combination of these
Dimensions
Box
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
XAWE1...
85
85
65
XAWE3...
150
85
65
45
54 2)
105 2)
XAWE3... + XAWE1
236
85
65
45
54
105 2)
D=distance between 2 pilot lights and switches

1)
Fixing by screw M4
2)
Fixing by screw M5
46
D (mm)
E (mm)
74
1)
2)
F (mm)
54 1)
Control Stations
XAWE
Options
Earth continuety plate for use

with armoured cable/cable gland
XAWE-PU
Interconnection coupling for

assembling several boxes together
XAWE-TP
Order Information
Function
Labels (pushbutton color), contact function
Insulated box and unit
1 pushbutton, spring return
Start (green), 1NO
XAWE10
Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE11
1 mushroom pushbutton 40 mm,

spring return
Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE16
1 mushroom pushbutton 40 mm,

latching turn to release
Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE17
1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put
Start/Stop, 1NO
XAWE13
2 pushbuttons, spring return
Start (green), 1NO - Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE21
Forward (green), 1NO - Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE31
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons,

spring return
Red light unit 24-415V AC/DC

Start (green), 1NO - Stop (red), 1NC
XAWE34
1 ammeter
XAWE2812
Function
Terminal functions
5 terminals
3P + N + E
XAWE9104
Function
Cable gland (number and type)
1 pushbutton
1 cable gland M20 + 1 plug M20
XAWE101
2 pushbuttons
1 cable gland M20 + 1 plug and 1 cable gland M25 + 1 plug
XAWE302
3 pushbuttons
1 cable gland M20 + 1 plug and 1 cable gland M25 + 1 plug
XAWE303
M20 for cable 8 to 13 mm, M25 for cable 13 to 16 mm.
47
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
The XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS enclosures are manufactured in GRP, zinc
alloy and stainless steel respectively. They are designed for use with
the HARMATEX range of pushbuttons, switches and illuminated units.
The combination enables our customers to customize each control station. Enclosures can be delivered in various sizes, suitable for 1 to 52
control unit cutouts in the lid. Small enclosures are standard fitted with
1 M20 entry.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
GRP, zinc alloy, stainless steel

IP65-66
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
-Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0122
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD, T6/T4
Ex e II
Ex e mb II
Ex d e IIC
Ex demb IIC
Ex tD A21
Standards
Ex-Code
Dimensionsv
XAWG
D
W
XAWF
48
XAWFS
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Control stations enclosures Ex e
Empty insulated enclosures (GRP)
External dimensions in mm
H
D
85
146
70
85
226
70
85
281
70
Max. nbr. of
22.2 cutout
1
2
3
2
4
5
Window for device 48mm

1
1
-
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWG201
XAWG208
XAWG208
XAWG303
XAWG308
XAWG504
XAWG505
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWG2C
XAWG2C
XAWG2C
XAWG3C
XAWG3C
XAWG5C
XAWG5C
Weight
kg
0.540
0.540
0.540
0.670
0.670
0.930
0.930
Max. nbr. of
22.2 cutout
1
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWF101
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWF1C
Weight
kg
0.610
XAWF202
XAWF208
XAWF303
XAWF308
XAWF404
XAWF606
XAWF2C
XAWF2C
XAWF3C
XAWF3C
XAWF4C
XAWF6C
0.820
0.820
1.150
1.150
1.400
1.900
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWFS101
XAWFS202
XAWFS208
XAWFS303
XAWFS308
XAWFS404
XAWFS408
XAWFS505
XAWFS508
XAWFS606
XAWFS608
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWFS1C
XAWFS2C
XAWFS3C
XAWFS4C
XAWFS5C
XAWFS6C
-
Weight
kg
1.000
1.200
1.200
1.400
1.400
1.600
1.600
1.900
1.900
2.100
2.100
Empty metal enclosures (zink alloy)
H
D
80
80
77
80
130
77
80
175
77
80
80
220
310
77
77
2
3
2
4
6
1
1
Empty stainless steel enclosures
H
D
125
125
110
150
82
82
125
195
82
125
240
82
125
295
82
125
330
82
Max. nbr. of
22.2 cutout
1
2
3
2
4
3
5
4
6
5

1
1
1
1
1
Cable glands (maximum possible per side)

SIDE A/C
M20
M25
M32
References
XAWG2...
XAWG3...
XAWG5...
XAWF1-FS1...
XAWF2-FS2...
XAWF3-FS3...
XAWF4-FS4/5...
XAWF6-FS6...
49
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Junction box enclosures Ex e
Empty insulated enclosures

H
85
146
70
85
226
70
85
281
70
Max. nbr. of terminal

blocks to be fitted
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
XAWG9204
XAWG9210
XAWG9304
XAWG9310
XAWG9504
XAWG9510
XAWG92C
XAWG92C
XAWG93C
XAWG93C
XAWG95C
XAWG95C
0.450
0.450
0.700
0.700
0.800
0.800
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
XAWF9204
XAWF9210
XAWF9304
XAWF9310
XAWF9404
XAWF9410
XAWF9604
XAWF9610
XAWF92C
XAWF92C
XAWF93C
XAWF93C
XAWF94C
XAWF94C
XAWF96C
XAWF96C
0.810
0.810
1.150
1.150
1.380
1.380
1.900
1.900
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
7
15
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
XAWFS9204
XAWFS9210
XAWFS9304
XAWFS92C
XAWFS93C
1.200
1.200
1.400
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
XAWFS9310
XAWFS9404
XAWFS9410
XAWFS9504
XAWFS9510
XAWFS9504
XAWFS9510
XAWFS94C
XAWFS95C
XAWFS96C
-
1.400
1.600
1.600
1.900
1.900
2.100
2.100
10
6
15
10
25
20
Empty metal enclosures

H
80
130
77
80
175
77
80
220
77
80
310
77
Max. nbr. of 22,2

cutout
7
15
15
20
20
30
30
Empty stainless steel enclosures

H
90
130
77
90
175
77
90
220
77
90
275
77
90
310
77
Max. nbr. of 22,2

cutout

SIDE B/D
SIDE A/C
M20
M25
M32
References
XAWG92...
XAWG93...
XAWG95...
XAWF92-FS92...
XAWF93-FS93...
XAWF94-FS94/5...
XAWF96-FS96...
50
M20
M25
M32
References
XAWG92...
XAWG93...
XAWG95...
XAWF92-FS92...
XAWF93-FS93...
XAWF94-FS94/5...
XAWF96-FS96...
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Empty insulated enclosures

Dimensions in mm
Reference
Length
XAWG800
XAWG2526
XAWG2540
XAWG2560
151
255
400
600
241
250
250
250
XAWG4140
405
400
Number of control and signaling units

which can be mounted on the cover
Maximum permissible dissipation

for the enclosure W
87
120
120
120
8
15
30
45
40
60
100
170
120
48
160
Number of control and signaling units

which can be mounted on the cover
Maximum permissible dissipation

for the enclosure in W
Width Height
Metal enclosures
Reference
Dimensions in mm
Length Width Height
XAWF2320
XAWF2333
XAWF2340
200
330
400
230
230
230
110
110
110
10
15
24
40
85
100
XAWF2360
XAWF3140
XAWF3160
600
400
600
230
310
310
110
110
110
34
36
52
170
100
170
Definition of a junction box enclosure or control station:

Calculation of the total dissipation:
1 terminal 0 to 4 mm2
= 1.2W
= 2W
= 3.5W
= 5W
1 N/O contact block
1 N/C contact block
1 led pilot light
1 ammeter
= 0W
= 1W
= 1.5W
= 1.5W
For enquiries regarding cable gland enclosures capacity, please contact our sales office.
51
Control Stations
XAWF/XAWFS
The XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS range of complete control stations are
manufactured in GRP, zinc alloy or stainless steel respectively. The
enclosure can accommodate 1-3 control or signaling operators or
ammeter and come delivered with plastic Ex e cable glands as standard.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
GRP, zinc alloy or stainless steel

IP6566
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0122
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD, T6/T4
Ex e II
Ex e mb II
Ex d e IIC
Ex demb IIC
Ex tD A21
Standards
Ex-Code
Pushbutton Station
Function
1 pushbutton with spring return
Label (pushbutton
colour) and contact
function
Insulated
station with
insulated
unit
Metal station
with metal
unit
Stainless steel
station with
metal unit
Start (green) 1 NO
XAWG10
XAWF10
XAWFS10
1 pushbutton with spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG11
XAWF11
XAWFS11
1 pushbutton, mushroom head 40 mm, with spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG16
XAWF16
XAWFS16
1 pushbutton, mushroom head 40 mm, latching turn to release
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG17
XAWF17
XAWFS17
1 selector switch 2 positions stay put
Start/Stop 1 NO
XAWG13
XAWF13
XAWFS13
2 pushbuttons with spring return
Start (green) 1 NO Stop

(red) 1 NC
XAWG21
XAWF21
XAWFS21
Forward (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
Reverse (green) 1 NO
XAWG31
XAWF31
XAWFS31
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons with spring return
Red light unit 24-250V

AC-DC
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG34
XAWF34
XAWFS34
Insulated
station with
insulated
unit
Metal station
with metal
unit
Stainless steel
station with
metal unit
XAWG2812
XAWF2812
XAWFS2812
Start/Stop 1 NO
XAWG3812
XAWF3812
XAWFS3812
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG382
XAWF482
XAWFS482
Measurement Station
Function
Labels (pushbutton
colour) and contact
function
1 ammeter
1 ammeter, 1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put
1 ammeter, 2 pushbuttons, spring return
Cable gland:
XAWG1... XAWG2... plastic cable gland for cable 8 to 13 mm

XAWG3... plastic cable gland for cable 13 to 19 mm
XAWF(S)1... XAWF(S)2... XAWF(S)3... brass cable gland for cable 8.5 to 16 mm
XAWF(S)4... brass cable gland for cable 12 to 20.5 mm
For control unit please see our Harmatex documentation
The ammeter is of the current transformer type, for use with a currrent transformer of 1 or 5 amp secondary (C.T. not supplied). Please state required
ammeter motor scale and C.T. secondary current when ordering.
Note: For the insulated station the contact blocks are mounted in the base. For the metal stations, they are mounted on the cover.
52
Control Stations
XAWF/XAWFS
Dimensions (mm)
d : max 67 mm for operating head
Reference
XAWF1...
XAWF2...
80
80
77
50
65
80
130
77
50
115
XAWF3...
80
175
77
50
160
XAWF4...
80
220
77
50
205
Reference
XAWFS1...
125
90
75
75
XAWFS2...
125
130
75
75
XAWFS3...
125
175
75
75
XAWFS4...
125
220
75
75
Reference
XAWG1...
85
146
70
70
105
XAWG2...
85
146
70
70
105
XAWG3...
85
226
70
70
108
53
Control Stations
XAW-P
The XAWP range of pendant control stations is suitable for all kinds of
industry but primarily used on cranes. The XAWP range is available with
2, 4, 6 or 8 pushbuttons with up to three contact blocks per
operator. Custom double XAWP assemblies can be delivered to provide
12 or 16 way pendant control stations. The XAWP also features an
optional double-step actuation mode for dual speed control.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Metal, Rubber and GRP

IP65
20C to +60C (without lighting functions)
-20C to +50C (with lighting functions)
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Mounting
Cable entry capacity
Connection
Availability
Dimensions
54
INERIS 03ATEX0122
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Assembly of components only by TECHNOR
for 10 to 22 mm cable
From 1 x 0.5 mm cable
to 2 x 1.5 mm cable
(with or without ferrule)
Standard version available on catalogue
Special version available on request
Control Stations
XAW-P
Stations
Fitted with interchangeable booted operators and cable boot suitable for 10 to 22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks mounted on each way
Reference
Weight Kg
1 N/O
XAWP271
0.940
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP281
1.000
1 N/O
XAWP471
1.290
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP481
1.400
1 N/O
XAWP671
1.650
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP681
1.800
Fitted with interchangeable booted pushbutton, operators with start and emergency stop functions.
With labels in yellow blank and cable boot suitable for 10 to 22mm cable.
Number of way
Function
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
4
I
O
Fitted with interchange-
emergency stop functions.
With labels in yellow blank
I
O
and cable boot suitable for
Reference
Weight
Kg
XAWP472
1.320
XAWP482
1.380
XAWP672
1.650
XAWP682
1.690
XAWP872
1 N/C
For Stop Function
2.000
XAWP882
2.250
1 N/C
For Stop Function
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
able booted pushbutton,

operators with start and
Contact blocks mounted on each way
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
1 N/C
For Stop Function
10 to 22mm cable
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
8
I
O
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
55
Control Stations
XAW-P
Double step pushbutton stations
Fitted with double step mechanism on each pushbutton. Legend plate 30x40mm black or white
symbols on white or black background. Cable boot suitable for 10 to 22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks
13
Reference
Weight Kg
XAWP2271
1.000
XAWP4271
1.400
XAWP6271
1.800
33
14
34
13
33
14
34
13
33
14
34
Double step pushbutton stations

Fitted with double step mechanism on each indicator. start pushbutton label I, red 40
Mushroom head latching to release, yellow blank label, cable boot suitable for 10 to 22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks
I
O
13
33
14
34
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
XAWP4272 with
standard START
pushbutton
1.350
XAWP6272 with
standard START
pushbutton
1.800
XAWP8272 with
standard START
pushbutton
2.250
33
34
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
I
O
56
14
I
O
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
Weight Kg
4
13
Reference
13
33
14
34
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
Control Stations
XAW-P
Accessories and spare parts

Type
Empty pendant control station for

mounting exclusively by TECHNOR
Slow break contact block
Complete booted pushbutton operator
Selector switches (Stayput)
Pilot light + head

(-24V to 415V AC-DC)
ARROW for
Double step pushbutton
ARROW for
Single step pushbutton
UP
Function
Reference
UP
ZBWY4953
02 buttons
04 buttons
06 buttons
08 buttons
12 buttons
16 buttons
N/O
N/C
White (W)
Black (B)
Green (G)
Red (R)
2 pos.
Black+NO
3 pos.
Black+2NO
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
XAWP029
XAWP049
XAWP069
XAWP089
XAWP069D
XAWP089D
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
XAWP9411
XAWP9412
XAWP9413
XAWP9414
XBW5AD21
DOWN
ZBWY2956
DOWN
ZBWY2954
RIGHT
ZBWY4903
RIGHT
ZBWY4901
Blank plug
Double step push-buttons
(use only with ZBWE101 contact
blocks)
Emergency Mushroom head (40)
Red+NC
Emergency Mushroom head (30)
Red+NC
White (W)
Black (B)
XBW5AD33
XLW5AV013
XLW5AV033
XLW5AV043
XLW5AV053
XLW5AV063
XAWZ3
XAWP9421
ZBWY4951
LEFT
ZBWY2906
LEFT
ZBWY2904
FORWARD
ZBWY4965
FORWARD
ZBWY4963
REVERSE
ZBWY2968
REVERSE
ZBWY2966
FAST UP
ZBWY4952
FAST DOWN
ZBWY2955
FAST RIGHT
ZBWY4902
FAST LEFT
ZBWY2905
FAST FORWARD
ZBWY4964
FAST REVERSE
ZBWY2967
ZBWY4980
ZBWY2931
O-I
ZBWY2178
I - II
ZBWY2179
I - O - II
ZBWY2186
EMERGENCY
STOP
ZBWY2330
XAWP9422
ZA2BS54 +
ZBWE102
ZA2BS44 +
ZBWE102
XAWP9411
ZBWE101
XLW5AV033
57
Control Stations
EFE
The EFE range of Control and Signaling Units is based on a standardized
range of 10 different sizes of GRP (Glass fibre Reinforced Polyester) Ex e
enclosure. The EFE Series can be assembled with accessories including
start pushbutton, stop pushbutton with padlocking device, local-remote
change-over switch, and ammeter, wired to a terminal rail inside the
enclosure.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Resin GRP
(Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
IP65-66
-50C to 60C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 04ATEX0035
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6 IP65 T85C
Ex e II T4 IP65 T135C
Ex emb II T6 IP65 T85C
Ex emb II T4 IP65 T135C
Ex de IIC T6 IP65 T85C
Ex de IIC T4 IP65 T135C
Ex demb IIC T6 IP65 T85C
Ex demb IIC T4 IP65 T135C
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
Earthing
Drain plug
Entries thread
Standard
identification
Type of protection depends on what components are fitted.

According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Silicone seal
Black colour
Earth connections are made via EEx e certified terminals
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and breather devices ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
inscriptions

Quantity for terminals
Rated Voltage
Rated Current
Rated Frequency
Contact our Technical Department for further information

Contact our Technical Department for further information
690 V
16 A
4862 Hz
Note
Captive screws stainless steel made

Available only with terminal strip installed
Note
The above control station becomes EFEX...

if realized in Stainless steel 316L instead of GRP
58
Control Stations
EFE
Control/Signalling Units - Push Button Stations listed in the following table are not assembled,
they are examples of the possible combinations. The maximum number of control units shown
in the table is compatible with our standard labelling system (holder-label).
TYPE
DIMENSIONS [mm]
EFE 1212-CS
EFE 1222-CS
EFE 1616-CS
EFE 1626-CS
EFE 1636-CS
EFE 2526-CS
EFE 2540-CS
EFE 2560-CS
EFE 4140-CS
122x120x90
120x220x90
160x160x90
160x260x90
160x360x90
255x250x121
250x400x121
250x600x121
405x400x121
Number of Control and Signalling Units

Which can be mounted on the Cover
2
6
4
8
10
16
24
40
42
Maximum permissible Dissipation

for the Enclosures [W]
10
30
20
40
50
60
100
170
160
59
Control Stations
TNCC
The TNCC range of control stations / enclosures are manufactured
in 316 stainless steel and designed to meet the requirements for
use on and offshore, in petrochemical and marine applications
and for any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may be
present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Acid resistant Stainless steel AISI316L

IP66 standard (67 and 68 upon request)
-40C to +60C
- Atex
- Brazilian
- GOST
09/UL-BRCN-0004
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Neoprene (temp. -40C to +100C)
Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Min. 1.5 mm (depending on the box size)
Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Optional
Ref. TNCN
Standards
Lid/Door gasket
Surface treatment
Material thickness
Earthing
Drain Plug
Other options
TNCC Measurement Range of Stocked Boxes
Dimensions
60
Type
A
Width cm
B
Height cm
C
Depth cm
Volume
dm3
Weight
kg
121009
151510
202010
202015
204015
282815
282827
302015
383815
383827
384515
385715
575715
575730
577620
769520
12
15
20
20
20
28
28
30
38
38
38
38
57
57
57
76
10
15
20
20
40
28
28
20
38
38
45
57
57
57
76
95
9
10
10
15
15
15
27
15
15
27
15
15
15
30
20
20
1.08
2.25
4.00
6.00
12.00
11.76
21.17
9.00
21.66
38.99
25.65
32.49
48.74
97.47
77.98
13.00
1.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
5.4
5.2
7.0
5.0
8.1
10.3
8.9
10.7
16.4
21.4
21.7
32.9
Control Stations
TNUC
The TNUC range of control stations / enclosures are manufactured in GRP
(Glass fibre reinforced polyester) are designed to meet the market requirements for use on- and offshore, in petrochemical and marine applications,
and any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)

-20C to +40C
- Atex
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Perbunan
PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate / earth tag upon request
Umax = 750V, Imax = 500A
Black
SS316
Ref. TNUP
Standards
Lid/Door gasket
Earthing
Electrical data
Colour
Cover Screws
Other options
Measurement Table
Type
A
Width [cm]
B
Height [cm]
C
Depth [cm]
Weight [kg]
121209
123
120
91
1.1
161609
160
160
92
1.5
252512
255
250
120
2.9
361609
360
160
92
2.5
402512
400
250
120
4.3
404120
400
405
195
6.1
Dimensions
61
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
The XADW/XAEW range of Ex d control stations are manufactured in
aluminium and can accommodate pushbutton units, pilot lights or an
ammeter. The XADW / XAEW range are supplied with a brass gland as
standard.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Aluminium
IP6566
20C to +60C
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW

INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting upon request
Fitted with 1 M20 nickel-plated brass cable gland
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Cable gland entry
Group IIB-T6
With flanged joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)

Pushbutton spring return
Function
Start
Contact type
1 NO
Non armoured gland version
XADW12110P11IC
Armoured gland version
XADW12110P14I
2 pushbuttons with
spring return
1 mushroom head pushbutton
1 selector switch
Stop
Stop-Start
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
XADW12111P11IC
XADW12116P11IC
XAD12113P11IC
XADW12111P14I
XADW12116P14I
XADW12113P14I
3 pushbuttons with
spring return
1 pilot light and 2 pushbuttons with spring return (1)
Stop
Function
Start-Stop
Forward-Stop-Reverse
Stop -Start-Stop
Contact type
1 NO - 1 NC
1 NO - 1 NC - 1 NO
Direct lamp - 1 NO - 1 NC
XADW12221P11IC
XADW13231P11IC
XADW13236P11IC
XADW12221P14I
XADW13231P14I
XADW13236P14I
1 Ammeter 48mm (1)
1 Ammeter 48mm and 1

selector switch
1 Ammeter 48mm and

ammeter
ammeter - Stop-Start
ammeter - Start-Stop
Function
Contact type
1 NO
1 NO - 1 NC
XADW1231P11IC
XADW122321P11IC
XADW132321P11IC
XADW1231P14I
XADW122321P14I
XADW132321P14I
(1) available in Group IIC-T6, please contact our sale office

The ammeter may be either of the following types;
- direct fed: up to 30 A
- current transformer (not supplied): please state transformer ratio
For other combinations please check our variable enclosure pages, or contact your local retailer.
62
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Dimensions (mm)
XADW12...
XADW13...
XADW22...
XAEW12...
d: 67 mm max. operating heads

: 4 elongated holes 9 x 12
(1): cable glans only mounted on complete station
63
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
The XADW/XAEW range of Ex d control stations are manufactured in
aluminium and can accommodate pushbutton units, pilot lights or an
ammeter. The XADW / XAEW range are supplied with a brass gland as
standard.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Aluminium
IP6566
20C to +60C
INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW

INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
Standards
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-Code
Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting on request.
Dimensions
64
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Variable composition stations assembled by Technor

Group IIC-T6
1 operator or pilot light
2 operators or pilot lights
Single for 1 ammeter > 48mm
Group IIB-T6
With Circular joint (for group IIC gases and vapours)

M20 entries
Positions
Reference
XAEW12101
A-C
XAEW12102
L-M
XAEW12103
XAEW12201
A-C
XAEW12202
L-M
XAEW12203
XAEW12301
A-C
XAEW12302
L-M
XAEW12303
With flat joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)

M20 entries
Positions
Reference
XADW12101
A-C
XADW12102
XADW12201
A-C
XADW12202
XADW13201
A-C
XADW13202
XADW22301
A-C
XADW22302
L-M
XADW22303
XAWD12301
A-C
XAWD12302
2 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 1 operator

or pilot light
XAWD122301
A-C
XAWD122302

or pilot light
XAWD132301
A-C
XAWD132302
XAWD224301
A-C
XAWD224302
L-M
XAWD224303
1 operator or pilot light
4-6 operators or pilot lights
Single for 1 ammeter 48mm

or pilot light
The choice of operator and lights unit is made with the ZB8 products catalogue pages.
Consult your local sales office for more information or a specific quotation.
65
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
The CP EFDCN range of control stations are based on the features of
our CP enclosure, which offers an Ex d IIC mode of protection with or
without accessories (push buttons, selector switches, potentiometers,
signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses, etc.).
Enclosures are manufactured in copper free aluminium (Cu<0.1%) and
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit and
internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails for
terminal strips. Connection of cable glands or conduit does not affect the
internal void, which remains available for terminals and wiring. Internal
and external screws are AISI304 stainless steel. This series is custommade to customer specifications, including quantity and type of operators. Based on the customers needs and certificate requirements, our
technical department will advise and select the most suitable CP-.../
EFDCN combination or you may choose from the standard configurations
listed below.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature

IP65-66
-35C to 40C for T6 / T85C
-35C to 50C for T5 / T100C
-35C to 60C for T4 / T135C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85C / T100C / T135C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment
Unpainted
Electrical characteristics
Max DC voltage
Internal diameter
Entries position
Entries thread
Standard identification
66
440 V
Max AC voltage
1000 V
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max current
100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power
5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power
3W
Available from 90 mm. to 120 mm.
(C) = 2, (T) = 3, ways
Identification nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
This series is custom-made to customer specifications, including the number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels)
required on the CP-... enclosure. Based on the customers needs and certificate requirements, our technical department
will advise and select the most suitable CP-.../EFDCN combination.
Push button stations listed in the following table are not assembled, they are only examples of the possible combinations.
CODE
A.0451.10
A.0452.50
A.0452.20
TYPE
CPC-26/ EFDCN-1-90
CPSC-26/ EFDCN-1-120
DESCRIPTION
1 Operator - enclosure 90 mm. diameter
1 Operator on 120 mm enclosures diameter
ENTRIES
2XM25
2XM25
2XM25
WEIGHT
0.930
1.330
1.280
A.0452.30
A.0452.40
A.0452.50
A.0452.60
A.0452.70
A.0452.80
A.0493.01
A.0493.21
CPSG-26/ EFDCN-1-120
CPC-26/EFDCN-EM
CPC-26/EFDCN-EM-P
2XM32
2XM32
3xM25
3xM25
3xM32
3xM32
2xM25
2xM25
1.300
1.320
1.500
1.450
1.470
1.490
1.200
1.200
A.0494.01
CPC-26/EFDCN-PE

1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer
1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer.
The push button, normally open, will automatically close the circuit at
the breaking of the glass.
Footswitch with safety guard
2xM25
3.200
Dimensions
CPSG-26/EFDCN-3-120
CPSG-36/EFDCN-4-120
67
68
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
Dimensions
CPC-26/EFDCN-1-90
CPSC-26/EFDCN-1-120
CPSC-26/EFDCN-2-120
CPSC-26/EFDCN-3-120
CPSG-26/EFDCN-1-120
CPSG-26/EFDCN-2-120
69
Control Stations
CP.../EFSRC
The CP EFSRC range of enclosure for switches are based on
the features of our CP enclosure, which offers an Ex d IIC mode
of protection with or without accessories (pushbuttons, selector
switches, potentiometers, signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters,
voltmeters, fuses, etc.). Enclosures are manufactured in copper
free aluminium (Cu<0.1%) and completed with threaded hubs
suitable for cable glands or conduit and internal threaded devices
to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails for terminal strips.
Connection of cable gland or conduit does not affect the internal
void, which remains available for terminals and wirings. Internal
and external screws are AISI304 stainless steel.
This series is customized to customer specifications, including the
number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels) required on
the enclosure. Based on the customer requirements, our technical
department will advise and select the most suitable CP-.../EFSRC
combination.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Copper free aluminium (Cu<0.1%)

IP65-66
-35C to 40C for T6 / T85C
-35C to 50C for T5 / T100C
-35C to 60C for T4 / T135C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85C / T100C / T135C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Unpainted
Electrical characteristics Max. DC voltage
Internal diameter
Entries position
Entries thread
Accessories on request
70
440 V
Max. AC voltage
1000 V
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max. current
100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power
5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power
3W
90 mm.
(C) = 2
Identification nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
External polyurethane painting Standard Cycle Green RAL 6003
Control Stations
CP.../EFSRC
Switches listed in the following table are not assembled, they are only examples
of the possible combinations.
CODE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
ENTRIES
WEIGHT
A.0451.02
CPC-26/ EFSRC-220
Rotary switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM25
1.100
A.0451.04
CPC-26/ EFSRC-420
2XM25
1.150
A.0452.04
CPC-26/ EFSRC-432
2XM25
1.300
A.0453.02
CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 220
Change - over switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM32
1.150
A.0453.03
CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 320
Change - over switch 3 poles 20 A
2XM32
1.200
A.0454.02
CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 220
Step switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM25
1.150
A.0454.03
CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 320
Step switch 3 poles 20 A
2XM25
1.300
71
Control Stations
EFQL
The EFQL range of Miniature Automatic Circuit Breakers are based on
our EFQL Ex d enclosure manufactured in copper free aluminium and
painted according to RAL 6003. The EFQL range can be delivered with
automatic circuit breakers, on-load switches and selector switches up to
63A and is suitable for use indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous
areas where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
Specifications
Copper free aluminium (Cu<0.1%)
IP66-67 with flanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
-30C to 55C
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
Surface treatment
Entries

No 2 Entries diam. 1 or M32
Identification nameplate is realized in high
resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
Standard
identification
Poles
Voltage
Accessories
3 Poles
220/660V 50/60Hz
Residual Current Device VIGI
Auxiliary Switch OF
Alarm Switch SD
Shunt trip release MX+OF
Undervoltage release MN
Customized colours
Note
Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A

External operating handle
ITEM
NOTE
WEIGHT [kg]
TYPE EFQL - 3
Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9)
3.250
TYPE EFQL - 4
Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9)
4.600
72
Dimensions EFQL - 3
Control Stations
EPKMZ
The EPKMZ Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers are based on our EFQL
Ex d enclosure manufactured in copper free aluminium and painted
according to RAL 6003. The EPKMZ range can be delivered with
automatic circuit breakers, on-load switches and selector switches up to
63A and is suitable for use indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous
areas where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0.1%)

IP66-67 with flanged joint coated with silicone
grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
Temperature
-30C to 55C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting (RAL 6003)
No 2 Entries diam. 1 or M32
Entries
Identification nameplate is realized in high
Standard
Identification
resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
Poles
3 Poles
Voltage
220/660V 50/60Hz
Accessories
Customized colors
Overload and short circuit releases
Note
Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A

External operating handle
Dimensions EFQL - 4
EPKMZ
Item
TYPE EFQL - 3
TYPE EFQL - 4
Note
Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9)
Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9)
Weight [kg]
3.250
4.600
73
Control Stations
AC1WD/DE8BA
The AC1WD/DE8BA range of solid and robust Ex d triple-pole starters with
overload relay are ideally suited for many applications. The range is
available in three variants:
Without isolator, without fuses
Without isolator, with fuses
With isolator, with fuses
A standard range of contactors, thermal relays and disconnecting switch
with or without fusible door, allows a customization of starters for various
applications.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Cast iron, steel

IP65-66
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0121X
INERIS 03ATEX0144X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD - Ex d IIB
II 2 GD - Ex d IIC
Standards
Ex-Code
Dimensions
74
Control Stations
AC1WD/DE8BA
Triple-pole starters Ex d with overload relay without isolator, without fuse

Complete with Start and Stop pushbuttons mounted on door
Motor rating
Rated current
230V
kw
12
25
40
65
400 V
kw
500V
kw
Overload
range
A
0.37
0.75
1 to 1.6
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.6 to 2.5
0.75
1.5
2.5 to 4
1.1
2.2
4 to 6
1.8
5.5 to 8
2.2
5.5
7 to 10
5.5
7.5
9 to 13
7.5
10
12 to 18
5.5
11
15
17 to 25
7.5
15
18.5
23 to 32
11
18.5
22
30 to 40
15
22
30
37 to 50
15
25
37
48 to 65
Gas Group
and temp.
class
Basic reference
(2)
Complete your own

reference (1)
Weight
without cable
gland
IIB-T6
AC1WD312
5.00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2612
12.00
IIB-T6
AC1WD325
5.50
IIC-T3
DE8WH2625
12.00
IIB-T6
DE8BA321340
26.00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2640
12.00
IIB-T6
DE8BA321365
26.00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2665
12.00
Cable glands
Number and position
Thread ISO M20
Thread ISO M25
(1)
(2)
Number
Position
A, H
P1
L, M
P2
L, M, H
P3
1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module
4 F for armoured cble
Without cble gland
1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module
4 F for armoured cable
Without cble gland
When ordering, please complete your reference. Example: AC1WD321P24I

This basic reference, once completed, should be followed by the information: overload relay and voltage
For other configuration (range, cable gland entries)
75
76
XUWB
Proximity Detector, Ex d, AISI 316L
XCW
Limit Switch, Ex d, Zinc Alloy
XC8
Limit Switch, Ex d, Cast Iron
XCKW
Limit Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XY2WCE
Emergency Trip Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XPEW
Emergency Foot Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XMLWC
Nautilex Pressure Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
78
80
82
84
88
89
90
77

XUWB
The XUWB Ex d proximity detector is based on Schneider
components. With a body dimension of just 30mm and standard cable
lengths of 2 or 5 meters, this pre-wired detector can be used in a range
of applications and processes. With a wide sensing range of 0.6 meter
to 15 meters the XUWB offers a flexible detector for your application.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Working Temperature
Storage temperature
Standards
Ex-Code
Connection
Type of transmission
Way of detection
Stainless steel AISI 316L

IP65-67
20C to +55C
40C to +70C
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD Ex d IIC T6 to T4
IP 6566 T85 to T135C
Length: 2m (XUWBL2)
Length: 5 m (XUWBL5)
Infrared, except for polarized reflex (red)
Along case axis
Detector for DC application (static output)

Detector type
Polarised reflex system
Reflex system
Thru-beam system
Sensing distance (Sn) (m)
15
Fixing diameter
30 mm
Rated supply voltage
12 to 24V DC with protection against reverse polarity
Current consumption, no-load
35 mA
Maximum switching frequency
500 Hz
CONTACT TYPE
NO
PNP
XUWB9APANL2
XUWB1APANL2
XUWB2APANL2R
NC
XUWB9APBNL2
XUWB1APBNL2
XUWB2APBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam
XUWB2AKSNL2T
CONTACT TYPE
NPN
NO
XUWB9ANANL2
XUWB1ANANL2
XUWB2ANANL2R
NC
XUWB9ANBNL2
XUWB1ANBNL2
XUWB2ANBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam
XUWB2AKSNL2T
For a 5 meter cable length replace L2 with L5 example: XUWB5APANL2 becomes XUWB5APANL5
ACCESSORIES
Reflectors
Dimensions (mm)
Reference
Standard reflector
16
XUZC16
21
XUZC21
31
XUZC31
39
XUZC39
24 x 21
XUZC24
Reflector for short sensing distances
78

XUWB
Dimensions
79

XCW
The XCW range of pre-wired Ex d limit switches offers a wide range of
operator heads and cable length which affords great flexibility and a
practical solution for many applications and process systems.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Zinc Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP6667
20C to +60C
- Atex
03ATEX0083X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1. 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex d IIC T6 T85C II 2 GD
Pre-wired cable
Standard 1, 2, 5, 10 meters
10 millions
Standards
Ex-Code
Cable type
Cable length
Mechanical life
Dimensions
80

XCW
XCWA102
Limit switches Ex d
Severe duty compact
XCW
1 C/O snap action contact, pre-wired cable.

Available in: 1 meter, 2 meters, 5 meters, or 10 meters.
Description
1 m cable length 2 m cable length 5 m cable length 10 m cable length

Fixing by the body
XCWA110
0.240
XCWA1102
0.250
XCWA1105
0.500
XCWA1100
0.900
Steel roller plunger for lateral

cam approach (2)
Weight Kg
XCWA102
XCWA1022
XCWA1025
XCWA1020
0.240
0.260
0.500
0.950
Steel roller plunger for traverse

cam plunger approach (2)
Weight Kg
XCWA103
XCWA1032
XCWA1035
XCWA1030
0.240
0.260
0.500
0.950
XCWA115
XCWA1152
XCWA1155
XCWA1150
0.250
0.300
0.550
1.000
Steel end plunger (1)

Weight Kg
XCWA103
Thermoplastic roller lever (3)

Rotary operation
Weight Kg
Fixing by the head
XCWA110
Steel end plunger (1)
XCWF110
0.260
XCWF1102
0.280
XCWF1105
0.550
XCWF1100
0.950
Steel roller plunger for lateral

cam approach (2)
Weight Kg
XCWF102
XCWF1022
XCWF1025
XCWF1100
0.260
0.280
0.550
0.950
Steel roller plunger for

traverse cam approach (2)
Weight Kg
XCWF103
XCWF1032
XCWF1035
XCWF1030
0.260
0.280
0.550
0.950
Roller lever (mounted by customer) for XCWA110 (4)

Weight Kg
XCWZ24
Weight Kg
XCWA115
0.080
(1) Actuation on end. Speed between 0.001 and 0.5m/s.

(2) Actuation by 30 cam. Speed between 0.001 and 0.1m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30 cam. Maximum speed 1.5m/s.
(4) 1 direction of actuation by 30 cam.
Contact function
Wiring diagram
XCWF102
XCW110
XCW102,
XCW103,
XCWA115
XCWZ24
BK BN
Black Brown
Contact funct
ion
Closed
1.5
Black Blue
BK BU
Green Yellow
GN
YW
BN-BU
BK-BK
BK-BK
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
BN-BU
0
2.6(
A)
10(A)
BK-BK
BK-BK
Open
BN-BU
8.75
BN-BU
1.75
XCWF103
A
20.0
0
40.
00
35.00
XCWF110
A = displaceme
nt of
cam
A=displacement of cam
81

XC8
The XC8 range of limit switches is a combination of different bodies and
heads. Our standard product range boasts both robust construction and
cable gland entry, making the XC8 a safe and easy choice for a wide
variety of customer applications. In addition, further head types are
available for those customers who need a more specialized product
please contact your Technor representative for more information.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Cast iron (Painted)

IP6566
20C to +60C
- Atex
03ATEX0123
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex d IIC T6 T85C II 2 GD
Nickel-plated brass cable gland
10 millions
Standards
Ex-Code
Cable type
Mechanical life
Dimensions
82
XC8
Limit switches Ex d Severe duty
XC8JC
1 C/O snap action contact, with nickel cable gland ISO M20,
Available for armoured cable or non armoured cable
Reference
Complete your
own reference
With plunger heads
Description
XC8JC161P1
XC8JC162P1
XC8JC163P1
XC8TA1P1
XC8JC10111P1
1F for non armoured cable with clamping module
4F for armoured cable
Without cable gland
Steel plunger (1)

Weight 2 Kg
XC8-JC161P1
Roller plunger (2)
Weight 2 Kg
Side plunger (2)
Weight 2 Kg
Heavy duty roller plunger (2)
Weight 2.4 Kg
With rotary heads
Delrin roller lever (3)
XC8-JC162P1
Actuation from left and right

Weight 2.2 Kg
Variable length (3)

Weight 2.2 Kg
Actuation from left or right (5)
XC8JC10511P1
XC8JC10131P1
XC8JC10531P1
Steel rod (4)
XC8JC10151P1
3 mm, length: 125 mm
XC8JC10551P1
Limit switch body only
1 C/O
ZC8JC1P1
for plunger and rotary heads
2 C/O double pole, simultaneous
ZC8JC2P1
1 C/O + 1 C/O double pole, 2 steps
ZC8JC4P1
1 C/O Nitrogen filled contact
ZC8JCNP1
Weight 2.2 Kg
XC8-JC163P1
Weight 2.2 Kg
Cable gland entry
Thread ISO M20
XC8JC10111P1XC8JC10511P1
(1) Actuation on end. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.

(2) Actuation by 30 cam. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30 cam. Maximum speed 1,5m/s.
(4) Actuation by cylindrical finger. Maximum speed 1,5ms.
(5) By programming the operating head.
XC8TA1P1
Z8JC1P1-ZC8JC1P1ZC8JC4P1
83

XCKW
The XCKW range of limit switches is based on Telemecanique
series of operator heads and bodies and is equipped with Ex ed
Technor contact block suitable for Zone 1 use. The products are
well known around the world for their reliability, design and flexibility
of application. The XCKW series are supplied with fitted cable gland
for ease of installation.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP65
-20C to +60C
- Atex
03ATEX0038X
03ATEX0039X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC T6 T85C EX II 2 GD
ISO M20 or ISO M16
6A with N/O + N/C (500v)
Standards
Ex-Code
Entries
Thermal current
XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)
Type of actuator
Booted metal end

plunger
Metal end plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of

operating cycles)
15
Actuation speed
Thermoplastic
roller lever, horizontal actuation
Steel roller plunger
10
Thermoplastic roller
lever, vertical actuation
15
0.5 m/s
1 m/s
Cable entry
1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable 5 to 8 mm
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm)
31x30x65
N/C + N/O snap action
XCKWD2110P16
XCKWD2111P16
XCKWD2102P16
XCKWD2121P16
XCKWD2127P16
N/O + N/O snap action
XCKWD2910P16
XCKWD2911P16
XCKWD2902P16
XCKWD2921P16
XCKWD2927P16
XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)
Thermoplastic
roller lever,
vertical or horiz.
actuation
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Thermoplastic
roller lever
50mm
15
1 m/s
Variable lenght
thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable lenght
thermoplastic
roller lever
50mm
Cats wisker
M18 head Metal

end plunger
M18 steel roller

end plunger
10
10
1.5 m/s
1 m/s
0.5 m/s
1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable 5 to 8 mm

31x30x65
XCKWD2128P16
XCKWD2118P16
XCKWD2139P16
XCKWD2145P16
XCKWD2149P16
XCKWD2106P16
XCKWD21H0P16
XCKWD21H2P16
XCKWD2928P16
XCKWD2918P16
XCKWD2939P16
XCKWD2945P16
XCKWD2949P16
XCKWD2906P16
XCKWD29H0P16
XCKWD29H2P16
84

XCKW
XCRA/B/TW, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts (fixing centres 85x75mm)
Conveyor belt shift monitoring

switch
Rotary (lever)
Square cross
levers 6mm
crossed spring
return position
Type of actuator
Large roller rod

lever thermoplastic 30mm
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles
Large roller rod

lever thermoplastic 50mm
Square cross
levers 6mm
crossed stay put
position
Galvanized steel
operating lever
10
Stainless steel
operating lever
0.3
Actuation speed
1.5m/s
Cable entry
1 entry fitted with ISO M20 for cable 8 to 13mm
Body dimensions WxHxD

(mm)
85x75x95
2 N/O + N/C snap action,

actuated in each direction
XCRAW111
XCRAW121
XCRAW151
XCREW181
N/O + N/C snap action

actuated in each direction
XCRBW111
XCRBW121
XCRBW151
XCRFW171
2 N/O + 2N/C snap action
XCRTW115
XCRTW215
XCKWM, Classic, fixing by body (fixing centres 41mm)
Type of actuator
Metal end plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of

operating cycles)
Thermoplastic
roller lever, horizontal actutation
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Cats wisker
20
Actuation speed
10
0.5 m/s
1.5 m/s
Cable entry
0.5 m/s
3 entries ISO M20
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm)

N/C + N/O snap action
63x30x64mm
XCKWM2110H29
XCKWM2102H29
XCKWM2121H29
XCKWM2115H29
XCKWM2106H29
XCKWJ, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 30x60mm)
Metal end plunger
30
25
0.5 m/s
1 m/s
Thermoplastic roller
lever
Steel roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic roller
lever
30
Round rod lever

6mm polyamide
L= 200mm
20
1.5 m/s
1 entry fitted ISO M20 equipped with cable gland for cable 8 to 13 mm
40x44x77
XCKWJ2161H29
XCKWJ2167H29
XCKWJ210513H29
XCKWJ210511H29
XCKWJ210541H29
XCKWJ210559H29
85

XCKW
XCKWMR, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts

(fixing centres 61.5mm)
Type of actuator
Square cross levers 6mm crossed
Square cross levers 6mm crossed reversed head
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)
Actuation speed
1.5 m/s
Cable entry
3 entries ISO M20
Body dimensions WxHxD (mm)
118x59x77
2N/C + 2N/C snap action break for make
XCKWMR54D1H29
XCKWMR54D2H29
Dimensions
10
2
Limit switch, Compact, XCKWD (metal) - body + head

65
(2)
53
142
19
30
20/22
(1)
(3)
31
12,5
15
12,5
15
(1) ISO M16 x 1,5 for cable gland.

(2) 2 oblongs holes 4,3 x 6,3 mm pitch 22 mm or 2 holes 4,3 pitch 20 mm.
(3) 2 holes for mounting 3 depth 4 mm.
Z CE 02
3,5
11,6
Z CE 28
12,5
Z CE H2
12,5
22
=
2,5
3,5
M18x1(4)
M18x1
(4)
48
26
29
22
41
2,5
Z CE H0
12
13
ZCE01 + ZCY18
(4) Screw thickness 3,5 mm.
ZCE01 + ZCY45
ZCE01 + ZCY39
12,5
10
42
5,5
40
10
78
33
33
24
52,5
5,5
ZCE01 + ZCY49
40
37,5
12,5
12,5
16
l
Limit switch, Classic,hXCKWJ
(metal)
86
12,5
l)
16
38
5,5
14
36,2
16
5,5
Z CE 21
5,5
30,5
30
20
Z CE 27
16
12,5
12,5
39
Z CE 11
12,5
20,2
Z CE 10

XCKW
Limit switch, XCKWMR, XCRA/B/TW
6
31,5
200
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.

(2) 2 centring holes 3,9.
: 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
11,5
81
6,2
118
6,5
5,5
(2)
(1)
2630'
(1)
55
59
(1)
15
61,5
77
200
35,6
47
51
XCRAW121
XCRBW121
XCRAW151
XCRBW151
7260
66
XCREW181
XCRFW171
68
66
(2)
75
18
75
85
75
(4)
= 32 =
53
85
85
(1)
95
= 32 =
53
95
18
(1)
75
85
= 32 =
53
78
102
=
85
(1)
75
85
75
95
85
18
18
95
= 32 =
53
(2)
(3)
(1)
75
85
75
XCRAW111
XCRBW111
XCR TW115 / XCRTW215

66
Fixing
(6)
(5)
Horizontal position
Vertical position
36
127
=
95
= =
11
75
85
137
117
100
95
(1)
=
53
75
= 32 =
95
85
18
= =
107
11
53
80
(6)
(1) ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.

(2) Lever length: 200mm.
(3) Lever length + roller: 160mm.
(4) Lever length 300mm for XCRFW, 200mm for
XCREW
(5) 200 maxi 83 mini
(6) 90 maxi
Limit switch, Classic, XCKWM (metal)

XCKWM2102H29
XCKWM2121H29
34,5
119
112,5
108
41
64
30
60,5
5,5
48,5
30
88,5
(1)
22 15
14
XCKWM2115H29
14
14
54
XCKWM2110H29
(1)
41
64
30
(1)
30
41
65
30
11,5
8
34
(1)
41
64
XCK WM2106H29
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 x 4.
14
Back side
54
201
142,5
41
(2)
(1)
30
41
27
64
87

XY2WCE
The XY2WCE tripwire emergency stop is located above or close to the
conveyor. In the event of a mechanical problem or overloading on the belt,
the tripwire mechanism will cause the belt to stop.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP65
20C to +60C
- Atex
INERIS 04ATEX0040
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC T6 IP65 / T85C ATEX II 2 GD
AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) /
DC13; Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0.27 A)
By fuse 10A gG (gl)
Standards
Ex-Code
Work specifications
Protection
Wire trip emergency stop

For operating cable ut to 50m long
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
Connection
Latching without indicator light

0.01
1 entry with ISO M20 cable gland (for cable 7mm to 15mm)
and 2 entries fitted with blank plug
Reset
By booted pushbutton
By key release pushbutton (key no 421)
Operating cable length
< 50m
< 50m
Operating cable anchoring point
To left
To right
To left
To right
References
1 N/C + N/O positive snap action
XY2WCE2A250
XY2WCE1A250
XY2WCE2A450
XY2WCE1A450
XY2WCE2A270
XY2WCE1A270
XY2WCE2A470
XY2WCE1A470
Dimensions
88

XPEW
The XPEW foot switch is designed to be operated by foot action so
that operators can focus their hands and eyes on other tasks.
Specifications
Material
IP rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP66
20C to +60C
- Atex
INERIS 04ATEX0042
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex ed IIC T6 IP65/IP66 T85C ATEX II 2 GD
AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) /
DC13; Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0.27 A)
By fuse 10A gG (gl)
Standards
Ex-Code
Work specifications
Protection
Single pedal switches

Type
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
Connection
Single pedal switches

5
1 entry fitted with PG16 cable gland (for cable 5mm to 13mm)
and 1 fitted with blank plug
Colour
Blue
Contact operation
1 step
References
Orange
2 step
1 step
2 step
XPEWM110
XPEWR110
XPEWM111
XPEWM211
XPEWR111
XPEWR211
Dimensions
89

XMLWC
The XMLWC range of pressure switches is designed for applications
where it is important to control fluids in your installation. With an extensive
range for pressures and fluids, XMLWC gives you control in the hazardous
area. Please contact your Technor representative for more information.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature

IP66
Tfluid < +70C or
+70C < Tfluid < +150C
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
Connection
Availability
INERIS 04ATEX0007
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85C
for Tfluid < +70C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200C
for +70C < Tfluid < +150C
1/4 gas female
Corrosive fluids, oil, water, air
Type
Gauge
Zones
EC type examination certificate
number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point
(PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap
action
90
Vacuum switch with

Pressure switch with display
display
- 1 bar
1 bar
1 bar
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85C for Tfluid < +70C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200C for +70C < Tfluid < +150C
1/4 gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1.5
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
-1-0.14 bar
0.0051 bar
0.0051 bar
Oil, water, air,
corrosive fluids
Min. at low setting
0.13 bar
Min. at high setting 0.14 bar
Max. at high setting 0.8 bar
XMLW-CM02T2S12
Oil, air
Water, corrosive fluids
0.03 bar
0.04 bar
0.8 bar
XMLWC001R2S12
0.03 bar
0.04 bar
0.8 bar
XMLW-C001S2S12

XMLWC
Type
Gauge
Zones
EC type examination certificate number
Product labeling

4 bar
4 bar
10 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
1/4 gas female
Electric connection
Temperature range
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
Adjustable range of switching point (PH)
0.34 bar
0.34 bar
0.710 bar
Fluids controlled
Oil, water, air
Corrosive fluids
Oil, water, air
Min. at low setting
0.17 bar
0.17 bar
0.45 bar
subtract from PH
Min. at high setting 0.15 bar
0.15 bar
0.70 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 2.5 bar
2.5 bar
8 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action
XMLW-C004B2S12
XMLW-C004C2S12 XMLW-C010B2S12
Type
Gauge
Zones
Product labeling
Electric connection
Temperature range
Fluids controlled
subtract from PH
to give PB
Min. at low setting

Min. at high setting
Max. at high setting
Type
Gauge
Zones
Product labeling
Electric connection
Temperature range
Fluids controlled
subtract from PH
to give PB
Min. at low setting


10 bar
20 bar
20 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
1/4 gas female
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
0.710 bar
1.320 bar
1.320 bar
Corrosive fluids
Oil, water, air
Corrosive fluids
0.45 bar
0.7 bar
0.7 bar
0.70 bar
1 bar
1 bar
8 bar
11 bar
11 bar
XMLW-C010C2S12 XMLW-C020B2S12 XMLW-C020C2S12
35 bar
35 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
1/4 gas female
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
3.535 bar
3.535 bar
Oil, water, air
Corrosive fluids
1 bar
1 bar
1.5 bar
1.5 bar
22 bar
22 bar
XMLW-C035B2S12 XMLW-C035C2S12
91

XMLWC
Type
Gauge
70 bar
Zones
70 bar
70 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling

1/4 gas female
Electric connection
Temperature range
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V

(PH)
770 bar
Fluids controlled
Ie = 6A
770 bar
770 bar
Oil, air
Fresh water, sea water
Corrosive fluids
Min. at low setting
4,5 bar
4,5 bar
4,5 bar
subtract from PH
8,9 bar
8,9 bar
8,9 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 60 bar
60 bar
60 bar
XMLWC070D2S12
XMLW-C070E2S12
XMLW-C070N2S12
Gauge
160 bar
160 bar
Zones

action
Type

160 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling

1/4 gas female
Electric connection
Temperature range
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V

(PH)
12160 bar
Fluids controlled
Ie = 6A
12160 bar
12160 bar
Oil, air
Corrosive fluids
Min. at low setting
9 bar
9 bar
9 bar
subtract from PH
21 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 110 bar

action
92
XMLWC160D2S12
21 bar
21 bar
110 bar
110 bar
XMLW-C160E2S12
XMLW-C160N2S12

XMLWC
Type
Gauge
Zones
Product labeling
Electric connection
Temperature range
Fluids controlled
subtract from PH
to give PB
Min. at low setting


300 bar
300 bar
300 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
1/4 gas female
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
22300 bar 22300 bar
22300 bar
Oil, air
Corrosive fluids
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
35 bar
35 bar
35 bar
240 bar
240 bar
240 bar
XMLWXMLW-C300E2S12
XMLW-C300N2S12
C300D2S12
Type
Gauge
Zones
Product labeling
Electric connection
Temperature range
(PH)
Fluids controlled
subtract from PH
to give PB
action

500 bar
500 bar
500 bar
INERIS 04ATEX0007
1/4 gas female
- 20 C + 60C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
30500 bar
30500 bar
30500 bar
Min. at low setting

Oil, air
19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLWC500D2S12

19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLW-C500E2S12
Corrosive fluids
19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLW-C500N2S12
Dimensions
90
PH : HIGH SETUP POINT
46
PB : LOW POINT
2x5,2
113
37
Choose the pressure by adjusting the red

screw '1' and adjust the low pressure by
setting up the differential pressure with the
green screw '2'.
37
5,2 x 6,7
17,5
(2)
23
= 20-22 =
56
93
94
TNCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316L
TNXCD
Cylindrical Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316L
DE8WH
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel
DE1WH
Enclosure, Ex e/ed, Semi-hardened Steel
GUB Series
Enclosures for connection, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
GUB-QL Series
Enclosures for check and control, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
CP Series
Junction Boxes, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
TNBCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316L
DE8BC
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel or AISI 316L
EJB Series
Enclosures for control, check and connection, Ex d IIB + H2, Copper free Aluminium
TNDLD
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel
96
97
98
99
100
102
104
108
109
112
117
118
TNDLDE (Coax cable)
119
TNDLD (Fibre optic)
95
TNCD
The TNCD range of enclosures are manufactured in 316 stainless steel
and are designed to meet the requirements for Ex d IIC equipment in
harsh environments on and offshore. Can be configured as Ex d direct
entry or as an Ex de combination for indirect entry.
Specifications
Acid Resistant Stainless Steel AISI 316L
IP66 (IP67 upon request)
-20C to +40C (T6),
Option -40C to +60C
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
Lid gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing between
Ex d and Ex e/i
enclosures
Cover
NEMKO 03ATEX263U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
Ex d IIC/IIB T6 T4
Ex de IIC/IIB T6 - T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Viton
Glass blasted
Through the flange assembly
With or without hinges, depending on size
Measurement table for Ex d IIC Explosion proof enclosures

TNCD
B
C
D
Height Depth Total
(mm) (mm) depth
190
180
213
190
180
213
280
270
300
380
270
300
380
270
300
380
380
410
570
270
300
Weight
kg
16
22
37
49
60
72
88
Window
(mm)
65
65
65/100
65/100
65/100
65/100
65/100
Internal dimensions
a
b
c
Width Height Depth
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
170
170
131
170
260
131
260
260
217
260
360
217
360
360
217
360
360
327
360
550
215
TNCD
191918
192818
282827
283827
383827
383838
385727
A
Width
(mm)
190
190
280
280
380
380
380
575727
570
570
270
300
125
65/100/154
550
550
213
575738
570
570
380
410
144
65/100/154
550
550
325
Range of Ex e connection boxes (optional)
96
TNCC
E
Width
(mm)
F
Heigth
(mm)
G
Depth
(mm)
Kg
Weight
191918
190
190
180
3.0
281927
280
190
270
5.2
282827
280
280
270
6.6
381927
380
190
270
4.6
383827
380
380
270
10.5
571927
570
190
270
9.6
573827
570
380
270
13.4
575727
570
570
270
19.7
Dimensions
Viewing window TNCD

Viewing windows are available in the
following diameters: 65mm, 100mm and
154mm. The window is placed in the
centre of the lid. Windows (65) can also
be placed on the sides or back wall.
TNXCD
The TNXCD range of Ex d / de IIC enclosures are manufactured in 316
stainless steel and are designed as slim, compact, multipurpose enclosures. Typical applications include CCTV camera housing.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Acid resistant stainless steel AISI 316L

Various, max: -50C to +60C
- Atex, Empty enclosure

- Atex, Complete enclosure
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0436-U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
Ex d IIC/Ex de IIC,
II 2 G
Standards
Ex-Code empty enclosure
Earthing between Ex d
and Ex e enclosure
Entries
Gland Size Ex e
Gland Size Ex d
Bushing Ex d

Ex e glands and Ex d bushings,
or Ex d glands only
M25
According to specification
Max M42,
number and core size acc. to spec.
TNXCD Ex d
A
Total length (mm)
Tube length (mm)
Diameter (mm)
Internal dia. (mm)
Weight (kg)
Window/Dome (mm)
Internal length
XCD1003200
217.2
193
101
95
3.3
68
148
XCD1003360
384.2
360
101
95
4.1
68
315
XCD1303100
119.5
100
132
126
4.0
95
55
XCD1303200
219.5
200
132
126
5.3
95
155
XCD1303360
379.5
360
132
126
7.0
95
315
XCD1953290
305.5
290
195
187
13.0
155
238
Total length (mm)
Tube length (mm)
Diameter (mm)
Internal dia. (mm)
Weight (kg)
Window/Dome (mm)
Internal length
XCD1002200
247.7
193
100
95
3.9
68
148
XCD1002360
414.7
360
100
95
4.8
68
315
XCD1301100
161
100
130
126
5.6
95
55
XCD1301200
261
200
130
126
6.9
95
155
XCD1301360
421
360
130
126
8.6
95
315
XCD1951290
389
290
195
187
17.1
155
238
TNXCD
TNXCD Ex de
TNXCD
Available with window, Dome or SS316 top
Dimensions
97
DE8WH
The DE8WH range of Ex d IIC enclosures range comprises many standard
sizes of enclosures manufactured in painted carbon steel. Can be
configured as Ex d direct entry or as an Ex de combination for indirect
entry. If required, several enclosures can be assembled on a frame with
separate or common Ex e/i junction boxes. The enclosures can be
delivered empty with U component certificate or supplied fully assembled
according to client demands.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Semi-hardened steel
IP65-66
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0121X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-11, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex d IIC or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X - T85C to T135C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia] or
de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85C
RAL 7032 Painting - Special painting on request.
Upon request
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Measurement table for Ex d IIC Explosion proof enclosure

Reference
DE8WH
Width
A
Height
B
Door
Depth
H
Useful
Depth
P
Fixing
points
A1 x B1
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Base plate
useful surface
IxJ
Max.
dissipation
W
Weights
Empty
kg
DE8WH107
670
1040
550
360
317
720x800
14
646x1016
600
260
DE8WH64
670
670
550
300
257
720x552
14
646x646
330
200
DE8WH43
520
520
400
300
257
570x400
14
496x496
270
125
DE8WH32
330
330
250
300
257
380x210
14
306x306
165
65
DE8WH261
260
260
245
135
85
116x305
190
90
DE8WH26
260
260
230
135
175
116x305
190
90
12
Dimensions
98
DE1WH
The DE1WH range of Ex e enclosures are designed specifically for
combination with our DE8WH range of Ex d IIC enclosures. The DE1WH
can accommodate terminals for connection and lid mounted control
components for control and signalling.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Semi-hardened steel
IP65-66
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0006
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-18, 60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex e II or ed IIC or em II or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP6X - T85C to T135C
ATEX II 2 GD
RAL 7032 Painting Special painting on request.
Upon request
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Measurement table for Ex e IIC Increase safety enclosures: DE1WH

Reference
DE1WH
Width
A
Height
B
Depth
C
Nb of
command and
signal unit
Nb of
Ammeter
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Weights
empty
kg
DE1WH270
270
250
230
25
DE1WH330
330
250
230
18
42
DE1WH520
520
330
230
40
72
13
DE1WH670
670
520
230
108
120
22
Dimensions
99
GUB
The GUB range of Ex d IIC enclosures are manufactured in aluminium
alloy and designed for control, check, signal, automation, interruption and/
or protection use. Optionally, GUB enclosure lids may be equipped with an
inspection window.
Specifications
Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0.1%)
IP66
-50C to 55C
-30C to 55C with glass inspection window
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
INERIS 00ATEX0033X
IMQ 09ATEX018U
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-11, 61241-0,
EN: 61241-1, 61241-11
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C / T100C / T135C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85C
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
Drain plug
Entries thread
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:

ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Identification nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Max. Q.ty for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check tables references
Max. Q.ty for terminals

Accessories on request
Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm: check tables references

External polyurethane customized painting
GUB- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL)
GUB-EMHInstruments Housing
GUB-QL
Main Applications
Note
100
Bearing in mind the inifinite of combinations between:

quantity of terminals,
relevant cross section,
class of temperature,
ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and entries.
A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the product Catalogue and is also available as
a download from our website.
GUB
Items Table
TYPE
GUB 01
CODE
A.0244.10
A
169
B
169
C
152
D
139
F
62
G
105
H
125
I
150
L
150
M
7
Weight
Kg
3.620
P
-
R
-
AA
-
EE
-
GUB 02
A.0245.10
190
190
164
160
63
113
144
170
170
4.720
GUB 03
A.0246.10
210
210
179
180
78
127
167
190
190
5.950
GUB 04
A.0247.10
232
281
206
202
97
152
183
210
260
8.900
GUB 05
A.0248.10
257
298
222
227
106
163
206
235
275
11.860
GUB 06
A.0249.10
293
329
248
259
140
203
242
270
305
10
15.750
Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B

Conduit Entries (one row)
Type
M20
M25
M32 1
M50 1
M63 2
M75 2
M80 3
4
GUB
01
3/3
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
02
3/3
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
03
4/4
4/4
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
04
4/5
4/5
3/4
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1
-
GUB
05
4/5
4/5
3/4
2/3
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
GUB
06
5/6
4/5
4/4
2/3
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1

Cable Glands Entries (two row)
Type
M20
M25
M32 1
M50 1
M63 2
M75 2
M80 3
4
GUB
01
3/3
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
02
5/5
5/5
3/3
2/2
1/1
-
GUB
03
5/5
5/5
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
04
5/7
5/7
5/5
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1
-
GUB
05
7/9
7/9
5/7
2/3
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
GUB
06
7/9
7/9
5/7
3/5
3/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
Indicative maximum quantity of terminals

per Size in square mm.
(For specific quantity contact our sales service)
Type
mm2
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
120
185
GUB
01
18
17
14
11
9
5
-
GUB
02
22
21
17
13
10
6
6
5
-
GUB
03
25
25
19
15
12
8
8
6
-
GUB
04
40
40
22
17
14
9
9
8
-
GUB
05
46
46
34
19
16
10
10
8
5
4
-
GUB
06
58
58
42
34
19
12
12
11
8
6
5
GUB-...Lighting/power distribution panels (QADL)

GUBSeries of Enclosures, in combination with MCB circuit
breakers series MULTI-9 Merlin Gerin brand of Schneider Electric,
are suitable for building Customized Lighting/Power Distribution
Panels and Heat Tracing panels. These customized Lighting/
Power distribution panels are used, indoor or outdoor, in corrosive
and hazardous locations due to the presence of gases, vapours
and dusts.
Dimensions
101
GUB-QL
The GUB-QL range of Ex d IIC enclosures are manufactured in
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0.1%) and designed for control, check,
signal, automation, interruption and/or protection use. The GUB-QL range
of enclosures featured a unique design which allows accessories such as
pushbuttons, pilot lamps and selector switches to be mounted in the lid.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP66
-50C to 55C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 00ATEX0033X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-11, 61241-0,
EN: 61241-1, 61241-11
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C/T100C/T135C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
Drain plug
Entries thread
Quantity for terminals
Accessories on Request
Note
102

The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or
breather devices: ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Metric pitch 1.5, NPT
Identification nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B:
check tables references
Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm:
Bearing in mind the endless of combinations between:
quantity of terminals, relevant cross section, class of
temperature, ambient temperature... we suggest using
our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible
terminals strips and entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX
is usually supplied with the CD Catalogue and is also
available as a download from our website.
GUB-QL
TYPE
GUB-QL 02
GUB-QL 03
GUB-QL 06
Maximun M32
Devices
3
4
10
A
190
210
293
B
190
210
329
C
139
160
235
D
160
180
259
E
160
180
295
REFERENCE / QUOTE
F
G
H
I
63
104
144
170
78
119
167
190
140
195
242
305
L
170
190
270
M
8
8
10
N
143
139
/
P
179
174
/
NB. The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is rangin from -25C to -50C, assure an internal
temperature of -25C min. Instead, when inside temperature goes over 40C the thermostat must cut out the circuit tension.
Dimensions
103
CP
The CP range of Ex d IIC enclosures are designed as junction boxes
or instrumentation. The CP enclosures are manufactured in Copper
free Aluminium (Cu <0.1%), completed with threaded hubs suitable
for cable glands or conduit entry and internal threaded devices to
secure DIN/Omega normalized rails for terminal strips. Connection
of cable glands or conduit does not affect the internal void, which
remains available for terminals and wiring. Internal and external
screws are in AISI304 stainless steel.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature

IP65-66
-35C to +40C for T6 / T85C
-35C to +50C for T5 / T100C
-35C to +60C for T4 / T135C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85C / T100C / T135C
For Zone 1 / Zone 2 & Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Max DC voltage
440 V
Electrical
characteristics
Max AC voltage
1000 V
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max current
100 A
Available from 90 mm to 120 mm
Internal diameter
(C) = 2, (T) = 3, (X) = 4 ways
Entries position
Entries thread
Standard identification Identification nameplate is made of high resistance self-adhesive
polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Accessories upon
request
104
CP
Code
A.0213.02
Type
CPC- 26
Internal Diameter [mm]

90
Entries Number
2
Entries Configuration
C
A.0213.22
A.0213.20
A.0213.06
A.0213.26
A.0213.60
A.0213.08
A.0213.28
A.0213.80
A.0212.01
A.0212.21
CPC- 26
CPC- 26
CPT- 26
CPT- 26
CPT- 26
CPX- 26
CPX- 26
CPX- 26
CPSC- 26
CPSC- 26
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
120
120
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
2
2
C
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
C
C
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
UNI-6125
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
UNI-6125
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
UNI-6125
NPT
A.0212.20
A.0212.05
A.0212.26
A.0212.25
A.0212.07
A.0212.27
A.0212.70
A.0214.01
A.0214.21
A.0214.10
A.0212.02
A.0212.42
A.0212.32
A.0212.06
A.0212.36
A.0212.62
A.0212.08
A.0212.38
A.0212.72
A.0215.01
A.0215.31
A.0215.32
CPSC- 26
CPST- 26
CPST- 26
CPST- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSC- 36
CPSC- 36
CPSC- 36
CPST- 36
CPST- 36
CPST- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSG- 36
CPSG- 36
CPSG- 36
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
3
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
M25 metric x 1.5

UNI-6125
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
UNI-6125
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
UNI-6125
NPT
M25 metric x 1.5
1 UNI-6125
1 NPT
M32 metric x 1.5
1 UNI-6125
1 NPT
M32 metric x 1.5
1 UNI-6125
1 NPT
M32 metric x 1.5
1 UNI-6125
1 NPT
M32 metric x 1.5
C
C
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
Entries Diameter
UNI-6125
Weight [kg]
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
CPX-26, CPT-26, CPC-26

Cross section [sqmm]
Quantity/connection per terminal
Features
2.5
6/2
screw/screw
6/2
screw/screw
6/2
screw/screw
340/SP
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11546820
Suitable for 3 cables 3 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E

Construction
Connection per
sqmm
terminal
Features
4
3
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
12546822
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Spring
Yellow /green
Entrelec
Earth
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
440/SP
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11547923

Construction
Connection per
sqmm
terminal
Features
4
4
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L
12547925
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563823
Spring
Yellow /green
Entrelec
Earth
105
CP
CPSX-26, CPSG-26
2,5
4
6
10
16
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Quantity / connection per terminal

12/2
12/2
10/2
6/2
6/2
340/THPN
Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
terminal
Features
3
Spring
Colour
Grey
Features
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Terminal strip type
Entrelec
Earth
Label
L1
L2
L3
N
E
Manufacturer
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
function
Phase
Phase
Phase
Neutral
Earth
Spring
Yellow /green
440/THPN
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal type
11547923
11547923
11547923
12547925
19563823
sqmm
4
4
4
4
4
Connection per
terminal
4
4
4
4
4
Features
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Colour
Grey
Grey
Grey
Blue
Yellow /green
CPST-36, CPSG-36
Features
2,5
12/2
Screw/screw
12/2
Screw/screw
10/2
Screw/screw
10
6/2
Screw/screw
16
6/2
Screw/screw
340/THPN
Ph # N # E
Terminal strip type
Construction
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Spring
Yellow /green
Entrelec
Earth
Colour
Grey
Grey
Grey
Blue
Yellow /green
Label
L1
L2
L3
N
E
Manufacturer
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
function
Phase
Phase
Phase
Neutral
Earth
440/THPN
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11547923
11547923
11547923
12547925
19563823
106
Connection per
terminal
3
sqmm
4
4
4
4
4
Connection per
terminal
4
4
4
4
4
Features
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
CP

2,5

12/2
Features
Screw/screw
12/2
Screw/screw
10/2
Screw/screw
Terminal
strip type
340/THPN
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Connection per
terminal
3
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Terminal
strip type
Spring
Yellow /green
Entrelec
Earth
3
440/THPN

Construction
Terminal type
11547923
sqmm
4
Connection per
terminal
4
11547923
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11547923
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12547925
Spring
Blue
Entrelec
Neutral
19563823
Spring
Yellow /green
Entrelec
Earth
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
Dimensions (mm)
INNER
VIEW
CPS-..26
CP-.
CPS-..36
CPS-..26
CPS-G-26
CPS-G-36
107
TNBCD
The TNBCD range of enclosures are manufactured in 316 stainless steel
and are designed to meet the requirements for Ex d IIB equipment in
harsh environments on and offshore. Can be configured as Ex d direct
entry or as an Ex de combination for indirect entry.
Specifications
Acid Resistant Stainless Steel AISI 316L
20C to +50C (T6)
Option -50C to +60C
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
Lid gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing between
Ex d and Ex e/i
enclosures
Cover
NEMKO 03ATEX264U
IEC/EN: 60079-0, 60079-1
Ex d IIC/IIB T6 T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Viton
Glass blasted
With or without hinges, depending on size
Range of for Ex d IIB Explosion proof enclosures

TNBCD
A
Width
B
Height
TNBCD
(fixing) (mm)
262531
230
Internal dimensions
(fixing) (mm)
C
Depth
(mm)
Weight
Kg
Window
(mm)
#
Window
(mm)
a
Wide
(mm)
b
Height
(mm)
c
Depth
(mm)
290
315
48
65/100
120x80
226
216
265
323321
360
300
215
57
65/100
120x80
286
296
165
453535
420
390
355
95
65/100/154
120x80
416
316
305
573835
545
420
355
122
65/100/154
120x80
541
346
305
Measurement table for Ex e connection boxes (optional)

TNCC
Dimensions
108
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
202025
200
200
255
3.8
252015
250
200
155
4.1
383821
380
380
255
9.2
453825
450
380
255
11.0
DE8BC
The DE8BC range of Ex d IIB enclosures range comprises many
standard sizes of enclosures manufactured in painted carbon steel or
316 stainless steel. Can be configured as Ex d direct entry or as an
Ex de combination for indirect entry. If required, several enclosures can
be assembled on a frame with separate or common Ex e/i
junction boxes. The enclosures can be delivered empty with U
component certificate or supplied fully assembled according to client
demands.
Specifications
Semi-hardened steel or stainless steel
IP6566
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
INERIS 03ATEX0005X
INERIS 09ATEX9017U
Standards
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-11,
60079-31
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-Code
Ex d IIB or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X +40C T85C
to T135C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia]
or de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85C
Surface treatment
RAL 7032 Painting (standard for Semi-hardened steel Special painting upon request.
Drain plug
Upon request
Measurement table for DE8BC, Ex d IIB Explosion proof enclosure

Reference
DE8BC
Width
A
Height
B
Depth
C
Useful
Depth
C1
Fixing
points
H1 x L1
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Base plate
useful surface
HxL
Max.
dissipation
W
Weights
empty
kg
DE8BC32
DE8BC351
DE8BC43
DE8BC44
DE8BC54
DE8BC64
DE8BC75
DE8BC86
DE8BC107
DE8BC108
DE8BC148
334
354
434
544
544
544
664
764
864
864
940
434
474
534
544
644
744
864
964
1164
1164
1590
240
240
290
295
305
310
320
365
380
425
510
166
166
226
226
226
226
231
271
251
300
425
234x326
274x346
334x526
334x526
414x526
514x526
614x630
714x734
908x868
908x868
1200x900
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
300x200
350x225
400x300
400x400
500x400
600x400
700x500
800x600
1000x700
1000x700
1450x800
260
200
300
380
410
470
590
600
800
800
1500
51
61
86
113
139
154
260
370
530
580
1100
Windows for DE8BC

References
Dimensions
Dimensions
REG 100 x 50*
100 x 50
REG 100 x 100*
100 x 100
REG 200 x 45*
200 x 45
REG 235 x 75*
235 x 75
REG D45
45
REG D60
60
REG D150
150
*Horizontal arrangement as standard
109
110
DE8BC
Dimensions for DE8BC, Ex d enclosures with enclosed Ex e box

Type
Type Ex e box
TNCN/TNCC*
No. of M42x1,5
holes
DE8BC32
TNCC252515
701
250
250
158
DE8BC351
TNCC252515
744
250
250
158
DE8BC43
TNCC303020
854
300
300
208
DE8BC44
TNCC453820
939
450
380
208
12
DE8BC54
TNCC453820
1039
450
380
208
12
DE8BC64
TNCC453820
1139
450
380
208
12
DE8BC75
TNCC453820
1250
450
380
208
12
DE8BC86
TNCC575727
1539
570
570
274
24
DE8BC107
TNCC575727
1740
570
570
274
24
DE8BC108
TNCC575727
1742
570
570
274
24
DE8BC148
TNCC767635
2358
760
760
357
44
* SS316, Stainless steel
111
EJB
The EJB range of Ex d IIB / IIB+H2 enclosures are manufactured Copper
free Aluminium (Cu <0.1%) and designed for control, check, signal,
automation, interruption and/or protection use.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0.1%)

IP66-67 with flanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept.
for detailed reference)
-50C to 55C
-50C to 40C with intrinsically safe
elements ia or ib
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
INERIS 00ATEX0021X
IMQ 09ATEX018U
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-11, 61241-0,
EN: 61241-1, 61241-11
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C/T100C/T135C/T200C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIB T6
Ex d [ia] IIB+H2 T6

Surface treatment
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:
Drain plug
ECR-1; ECR-2 type
Metric pitch 1.5, NPT
Entries thread
Standard
inscriptions
identification
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check tables references
Quantity for terminals Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm
Painted Polyurethane finish (standard) RAL 6003 colours
Accessories on
Request
EJB- Instruments Housing (Windows) EJB- Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
Main Applications
EJB- On Load Switches (I) EJB- Fuse On Load Switches (IF)
EJB- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL) EJB- Motor Control Starter (TTB)
EJB- Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB) EJB- Star Delta Motor Control Starter (STB)
Note
112
Bearing in mind the infinite number of combinations between:

quantity of terminals,
relevant cross section,
class of temperature,
ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and
entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied together with the CD version of this product
Catalogue is also available to download from our website.
Measurement table for Ex d IIB Explosion proof enclosures

TYPE
Mounting
plate
No. of
Weight incl. Ex e
M42x1,5 holes connection box
EJB 5
300
480
232
686,5
350
300
185
209
391,5
181.5
200x385
24 kg
EJB 6
408
483
238
775
355
390
280
310
384
185
300x380
38 kg
EJB 8
365
634
634
1026
495
340
225
261
531
205.5
250x520
42.5 kg
EJB 9
467
535
535
921.5
410
440
340
363
431
205
350x420
48 kg
EJB 10
368
755
755
1139
580
330
205
252
639.5
248
240x620
55 kg
EJB 11
505
596
596
984
445
480
360
393
488.5
205
380x470
61.5 kg
EJB 12
455
805
805
1267
640
425
285
335
690
243
325x675
82 kg
EJB 13
607
832
832
1244
630
580
405
499
723
236
470x690
116 kg
EJB 13A
607
832
832
1244
630
580
405
499
723
322
470x690
12
135 kg
Measurement table for Ex e connection boxes

TNCN/TNCC
Type
Corresponding EJB enclosure
191915
190
190
150
EJB5
282815
280
280
155
EJB6
283815
280
380
155
EJB8/EJB10
383815
380
380
155
EJB9/EJB11
354520
350
450
205
EJB12
504015
500
400
155
EJB13
504020
500
400
205
EJB13A
113
EJB
EJB...Instruments Housing (Windows)
EJB lids may be equipped with inspection windows made of
tempered glass. The EJB can accommodate square, rectangular
and circular windows and the relative size and position is shown
in the reference table. EJB instrument housing enclosures are
designed to order to customer specification.
EJB...Moulded Case Automatic Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

EJB range enclosures are compatible with any type of MCCB
(Moulded Case Circuit Breakers) when used in accordance with
relevant EN/IEC standards.
EJB... On Load Swicthes (I)

EJB range of enclosures are suitable for use as an Ex d low voltage
switchboard, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certificates.
EJB... Fuse/On-Load Switches (IF)

EJB range of enclosures are suitable for the accommodation and
use of Fuses Switches, in accordance with the heat dissipation
listed in the relevant certificates.
EJB...Lighting/Power Distribution Panels (QADL)

EJB range of enclosures are suitable for use as an Ex d low voltage
switchboard for lighting & power distribution, in accordance with the
heat dissipation listed in the relevant certificates.
EJB... Motor Control Starter (TTB)

EJB range of enclosures is suitable for use to accommodate a DOL
Motor Starter. EJB starter panels are designed to your specification
please contact your Technor representative for more information.
EJB... Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB)

EJB range of enclosures is suitable to accommodate a reversing
motor control starter. EJB starter panels are designed to your
specification please contact your Technor representative for more
information.
EJB... Star Delta Motor Control Starter (ITB)
EJB range of enclosures is suitable for use to accommodate a StarDelta motor control starter. EJB starter panels are designed to your
specification please contact your Technor representative for more
information.
114
EJB
EJB/WIN is a customer oriented Instrument Housing based on the
feature of EJBSeries of Enclosures that is suitable to build Ex d low
voltage switchboards, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certificates.
The control, check, signal, automation, interruption and/or protection
units EJB. /. -. Series are constituted by Enclosures with Ex d IIB or Ex d
IIB+H2 mode of protection and can be completed with accessories such
as: push buttons type PLA, PLC-I, PLC-S, PLF; rotary actuators type
PSRC; potentiometers; pilot lamps type PLD; rotary actuators type SRC1/2, SRC-10/11/12; reset device type PLC-R; etc., containing electric and/
or electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside circuits.
EJB. /. -. Series Lids may be equipped with inspection windows made
by tempered glass. The disposition and number of the windows may
change in base to their dimensions and the windows may have square,
rectangular, circular shape as specified in the relative table reference.
Customized Instrument Housing named EJB/WIN is suitable for indoor
or outdoor use and in locations considered corrosive and hazardous due
to the presence of gases, vapours and dusts

Type
M20 /
M25 /
M32 / 1
M50 / 1
M63 / 2
M75 / 2
M80 / 3
4
EJB 2
9/7
9/5
4/3
3/2
2/1
-
EJB 3
14/7
7/3
6/3
4/2
3/1
-
EJB 4
14/9
7/4
6/4
4/3
3/2
-
EJB 5
27/13
14/7
12/5
5/2
4/2
3/1
2/1
1/1
EJB 6
24/18
14/10
12/9
5/4
4/3
3/2
2/2
1/1
EJB 8
35/16
29/13
16/17
7/3
6/2
4/2
3/1
2/1
EJB 9
27/24
24/18
12/10
9/9
4/4
3/3
2/2
2/2
EJB 10
57/21
46/18
29/10
14/5
12/4
5/2
4/1
3/1
EJB 11
32/27
21/27
14/12
6/5
5/4
4/3
3/2
2/2
EJB 12
61/28
40/18
32/16
16/7
12/5
6/3
4/2
3/1
EJB 13
48/32
27/18
23/16
9/6
8/5
6/4
5/3
3/2
EJB 13a
81/54
54/36
35/24
18/10
14/9
6/4
5/3
5/3
If only one side of the box with entries, the above mentioned quantities may be increased (for cable glands only) with previous check of Italsmea
Indicative maximum quantity of terminals per Size in mm2

(For specific quantity contact our sales service)
Size [mm2]
EJB 2
EJB 3
EJB 4
EJB 5
EJB 6
EJB 8
EJB 9
EJB 10
EJB 11
EJB 12
EJB 13
EJB 13a
2.5
48
84
84
96
96
134
96
100
100
180
180
180
48
42
84
96
96
134
96
100
100
180
180
180
40
36
68
80
80
90
80
80
80
90
90
90
108
10
32
26
52
60
60
64
60
60
60
108
108
16
22
44
48
48
58
48
48
46
90
90
90
25
10
16
32
18
36
26
36
36
46
70
70
35
10
16
16
18
36
26
36
36
18
70
70
50
12
12
14
14
16
14
25
12
37
37
70
10
10
10
12
12
18
12
20
20
120
12
12
17
17
185
14
14
115
EJB
Items
Weight
[kg]
TYPE
CODE
AA
EE
EJB 2
A.0259.10
298
238
174
230
168
95
135
205
140
250
280
M6
20
10.07
12
160 x 220
EJB 3
A.0260.10
412
238
177
340
167
85
136
330
150
250
280
M8
20
13.40
18
155 x 330
EJB 3a
A.0260.13
412
238
199
340
167
85
158
330
150
250
280
M8
20
13.50
155 x 330
EJB 4
A.0261.10
418
302
175
335
220
90
132
300
190
300
320
M8
20
17.50
20
210 x 325
EJB 5
A.0262.10
480
300
232
392
209
125
182
350
185
300
320
M8
20
20.50
22
200 x 385
EJB 6
A.0263.10
483
408
238
387
310
130
186
355
280
390
420
M8
20
33.00
28
300 x 380
EJB 8
A.0265.10
634
365
254
530
262
140
204
495
225
340
370
M8
20
36.05
36
250 x 520
EJB 9
A.0266.10
535
468
257
426
363
140
204
410
340
440
470
12
M10
20
40.00
34
350 x 420
EJB 10
A.0267.10
750
366
292
630
250
185
234
580
205
330
360
12
M10
20
48.50
34
240 x 620
EJB 11
A.0268.10
596
505
267
483
394
130
204
445
360
480
510
12
M10
20
53.3
44
380 x 470
EJB 12
A.0269.10
805
455
310
690
335
170
243
640
285
425
450
14
M12
20
73.00
54
325 x 675
EJB 13
A.0270.10
832
607
314
723
500
115
236
630
405
580
620
14
M12
20
106.00
76
470 x 690
EJB 13A
A.0270.13
832
607
400
723
500
205
322
630
405
580
620
14
M12
20
124.00
76
470 x 690
*ref. drawing on page 118
NB The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is ranging from -25C to -50C,
assure an internal temperature of -25C min. Alternatively, when inside temperature goes over 40C the thermostat must cut out the
circuit tension.
AA = Max quantity of M32x1,5 Push Botton, Pilot Lamp, Selector Swich Operators, that can be installed on the boxes cover.
EE = Internal mounting plate dimension in mm.
EJB/WINSeries
Instruments Housing
Code P.0263.26
Code P.0263.25
Code P.0263.19
Code P.0263.17
B = Window on cover, applicable

glass dim. 40x70 mm.
C = Window on cover, applicable

glass dim. 40x200 mm.
D = Window on cover, applicable

glass dime. 100x270 mm.
E = Window on cover, applicable glass

dim. 175x380 mm.
Compatible Round Window

mm
70
85
100
120
150
170
190
230
CODE
P.0263.44
P.0263.42
P.0263.41
P.0263.39
P.0263.38
P.0263.37
P.0263.36
P.0263.35
Other window with customized dimensions are available on request when compatible with certificates
Dimensions
116
TNDLD (Fiber)
The TNDLDF range of fibre optic line bushings are designed as
components for use in all Ex de enclosures to pass connection between
the Ex d and Ex e compartment in combination Ex de enclosures. The
TNDLDF is manufactured to order and can accommodate multiple fibre
cores or a combination or fibre, wire conductor and coaxial cables.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE
Approvals
- Atex
Acid resistant Stainless steel AISI 316L
-20C to +76C
Surface treatment
Rated voltage
Options
NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
IECEx NEM 09.0012U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
Ex d II C
II 2 G and EPL Gb
Machine treaded
Max 1000V
Other lengths, colours and connectors upon request
Note:
Spesial conditions according to IEC/EN 60079-28
- IECEx
Standards
Ex-Code
may apply for Zone 1/Gb
Ex d Fibre bushings, -20C - +76C

Number
of fibres
Fibre
type
Thread
size
Fibre length in mm
Ex e / Ex d
Connector
TNDLDF 1X62.5/125
62.5/125
M24
750/750
ST
TNDLDF 2X62.5/125
62.5/125
M24
750/750
ST
TNDLDF 4X62.5/125
62.5/125
M24
750/750
ST
Type
Ex d Multi fibre / line bushings, -20C - +76C
Number
of fibres
Fibre
type
Thread
size
Fibre/wire
length in mm
Ex e/Ex d
Connector
Number
of cores
Wire
size mm
Rated current A
with T-amb 60C
TNDLDF 4X62.5/
125+10x0.75
62.5/
125
M42
750/750
ST
10
0.75
TNDLDF 4X62.5/
125+10x1.5
62.5/
125
M42
750/750
ST
10
1.5
14
Type
117
TNDLD
The TNDLD range of line bushings are designed as components
for use in all Ex de enclosures to pass connection between the Ex
d and Ex e compartment in combination Ex de enclosures. The
TNDLD is available in a wide range of standard configurations and
can also be manufactured to order for custom or hybrid bushing
requirements.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE
Approvals
- Atex
- IECEx
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Rated voltage
Colour
Type of wire
Options
Type
-40C to 110C
NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
IECEx NEM 09.0012U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
Ex d II C
II 2 G and EPL Gb
Machine treaded
Max 1000V
Standard black or blue wires
Radox 125 halogen free 1250
Other lengths and colours upon request
Number
Wire
Thread
of cores size mm
size
Wire lenght
in mm
Ex e / Ex d
Rated
current
A with
T-amb 60C
TNDLD 4x0,75
0,75
M24
1000/1000
12
TNDLD 6x0,75
0,75
M24
1000/1000
11
TNDLD 12x0,75
12
0,75
M42
1000/1000
TNDLD 16x0,75
16
0,75
M42
1000/1000
TNDLD 21x0,75
21
0,75
M42
1000/1000
TNDLD 4X1,5
1,5
M24
1000/1000
19
TNDLD 6X1,5
1,5
M42
1000/1000
16
TNDLD 12X1,5
12
1,5
M42
1000/1000
13
TNDLD 16X1,5
16
1,5
M42
1000/1000
12
TNDLD 20X1,5
20
1,5
M42
1000/1000
11
TNDLD 4X2,5
2,5
M24
1000/1000
26
Ex d Line bushings blue, 1000V, -40C - +110C
Type
Wire Thread
Number
of cores size mm size
Wire lenght
in mm
Ex e / Ex d
Rated
current A
with
T-amb 60C
11
TNDLD 6X2,5
2,5
M42
1000/1000
23
TNDLD 6x0,75B
0,75
M24
1000/1000
TNDLD 12X2,5
12
2,5
M42
1000/1000
18
TNDLD 16x0,75B
16
0,75
M42
1000/1000
TNDLD 21X0,75B
21
0,75
M42
1000/1000
TNDLD 6x4
M42
1000/1000
31
TNDLD 6X6
M42
1000/1000
41
TNDLD 9X6
M42
1000/1000
37
TNDLD 3X10
10
M42
1000/1000
73
TNDLD 6X10
10
M42
1000/1000
59
TNDLD 3X16
16
M42
1000/1000
97
TNDLD 6X16
16
M42
1000/1000
79
TNDLD 3X25
25
M42
1000/1000
129
TNDLD 3X35
35
M42
1000/1000
163
TNDLD 3X50
50
M42
1000/1000
205
TNDLD 1X70
70
M42
1000/1000
372
TNDLD 1X95
95
M42
1000/1000
448
TNDLD 1X120
120
M42
1000/1000
523
TNDLD 1X185
185
M42
1000/1000
682
118
TNDLD 4X1,5B
1,5
M24
1000/1000
19
TNDLD 6X1,5B
1,5
M42
1000/1000
16
TNDLD12X1,5B
12
1,5
M42
1000/1000
13
TNDLD 20X1,5B
20
1,5
M42
1000/1000
11
TNDLDE (Coax)
The TNDLDE range of line bushings are designed as components for use
in all Ex de enclosures to pass connection between the Ex d and Ex e
compartment in combination Ex de enclosures. The TNDLDE is designed
to accommodate coaxial cables such as RG179 (50) or can be
manufactured to order for custom or hybrid bushing requirements.
Technical Data Construction
Copper 2.25mm diameter
REX (Polyethylene cross-linked)
7.25mm diameter
Copper, Silver plated, braid, 95%,
8.15mm diameter
RADOX (LSFH), RAL 9005 bk 10.3mm 0.1
HUBER+SUHNER GX 07272 50W (PA no.)
Centre conductor
Dielectric
Outer conductor
Jacket
Print
Electrical Data
Impedance
50W 2
Max. Operating frequency
2 GHz
Capacitance
101 pF/m
Velocity of signal propagation 66 %
Signal delay
5.03 ns/m
Insulation resistance
>1 x 108MWm
Min. screening effectiveness >41 dB (up to 2 GHz)
Max. operating voltage
5 kVrms (at sea level)
Test voltage
10 kVrms (50Hz/1 min)
Mechanical Data
Weight
Min. bending radius
16.1 kg/100 m
Static
Dynamic
55 mm
154 mm
Environmental Data
Temperature range
-40C to 110
Ex d Coax bushings, 50W, -40C- +110C

Type
Number
of coax
Coax type
Thread size
Coax length in
mm Ex e/Ex d
TNDLDE1x50
RG213U, 50
M24
1000/1000
TNDLDE2x50
RG213U, 50
M24
1000/1000
Ex d Multi fibre / Coax / line bushings, -20C- +76C
Type
Number
of fibers
Conductor
Fiber type
Thread size
length in mm Ex
e/Ex d
Rated
Connec-
Number
Coax
Number
Core
current [A]
tor
of Coax
type
of cores
size
@Tamb
60C
TNDLDF
2x62.5/125+
10x0.75+2x50
62.5/125
M42
750/750
ST
RG213U,
50W
10
0.75
119
120
Pressurized Systems
TNCNP
Pressurized System, Ex p, AISI 316L
ELB F-351
Control Unit, Ex e m, GRP, epoxy resin
122
123
121
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets

TNCNP
The TNCNP range of Ex p pressurized systems are designed and purpose built according to each clients requirements. The equipment allows
for use of standard (non-Ex) electrical components in zone 1 and 2.
Technor delivers a variety of turn-key solutions with enclosures made in
Acid Resistant 316 Stainless Steel complete with purge control apparatus, testing and certification.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP66-67*
-40C to +60C
- Atex, Complete enclosures DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0028

- Atex, Empty enclosures
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0027U
Standards
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-2
Ex-Code
Ex p II
II 2 G
Lid/Door gasket
Neoprene (temp. -40C to +100C)
Surface treatment
Acidized as standard
Electro polished as option
Without Ex p control unit: IP66-67

With Ex p control unit fitted: IP65
Dimensions
122
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets

ELB F-351
The ELB F-351 electronic purge controller is for use with Technor TNCNP
Ex p pressurized systems.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Operating temperature
Approvals
GRP, epoxy resin, black

IP65
-30C to +60C, without condensation
- Atex
TV 02ATEX1801
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-2, 60079-7,
60079-11, 60079-18
EN954-1
Ex e mb ia[ia][px] IIvC T4
122mm x 122mm x 90mm
0-25 mbar
Duo-tec technology.
Fail safe, meets AK4
(according to EN954-1, cat.3)
Standards
Ex-code
Dimensions
Measure range
Security class
Electrical Specifications
Current consumption
Mains Voltage
Contact load
Intrinsic Safe Connector

(5pole)
30mA at 230VAC/ 60mA at 115VAC/

300mA at 24VAC/ 200mA at 24VDC
12VDC, 24VDC, 24VAC, 115VAC, 230VAC,
4862 Hz
C: U = 250VAC, I = 12,0A/ cos j = 1
4xEx cable glands
2xM16 for cable d = 4.5 10mm,
2xM20 for cable d = 7-13mm
Intrinsic safe connector for external
temperature and pressure sensor F-470,
remote unit F-411 or bypass-keyswitch f-480
Dimensions
123
124
TNFCD, TNFAD, TNFCDM

Flashing beacons, Ex d/de, Acid Resistant Steel
EVde-ROT 4 Series
Rotating Signalling Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series

lashing Signalling Lights, Ex de/d, Copper free Aluminium
WA.. Series
LIOL (Low Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), Steady
EVcc-5 / LED Series

MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), long life, Steady, Ex d, Glass / Copper free Aluminium
126
128
130
133
134
EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), long life, Flashing, Ex nC, Glass / Copper free Aluminium,
with electronic adjustable control unit
136
TNDSP-25 Ex bell
138
Ex bell, Ex des, Antistatic Polyamide
XAWS
Fire Alarm Station, Ex ed, GRP
139
125

TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM
The TNFCD range of flashing beacons are designed to withstand harsh
offshore environments. They are suitable for areas where an explosive
atmosphere may be present and the need for warning is required. TNFCD
flashing beacons are available as Ex de indirect entry, Ex d direct entry or
as Non-Ex. Special applications can be designed upon request.
Specifications
Material
TNFCD/TNFCDM
TNFAD
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Earthing
Cable entry TNFCD/TNFAD
Cable entry TNFCDM
Real humidity
Dome colours
Flash frequency
Flash energy
TNFCD/TNFAD
TNFCDM
Weight
TNFCD
TNFAD
TNFCDM

Seawater resistant aluminium
IP66 (IP67 upon request)
-50C / +60C
NEMKO 01ATEX430
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
Ex d IIC T4 or Ex de IIC T4,
II 2 G/D
SS316 Acidized
Inside and outside
Standard M25
Standard M25,
M20 or flying lead upon request
100%
Red, yellow, Blue, Green, Orange, Clear
1 Hz
10 joule
5 joule
5.1 Kg
2.5 Kg
2.5 Kg
Electrical data TNFCD/TNFAD

Rated Voltage
220-254 VAC
110-120 VAC
24-48VDC
Voltage Range
10%
10%
20%
Rated current
110mA
220mA
24VA
24VA
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Power consumption
Frequency
24VDC: 670mA
48VDC: 330mA
16VA
Typical start current
>1A in max 1msec.
Triggering
Direct, Telephone, 24-48VDC, Fail safe
Fuse
1-2 A time-lag fuse is recommended
Siren card for acoustic warning
8W, 20W or 25W for Ex loudspeaker (8 ohm, 20 ohm or 100V line)

Electrical data TNFCDM
Rated Voltage
220-254VAC
110-127VAC
24VDC
Voltage Range
190 272VAC
20%
20%
20%
380mA
200mA
Power consumption
Triggering
Typical start current
126
100mA
Direct
1A in max 1msec
48VDC

TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM
Dimensions
127

EVde-ROT 4 Series
Copper free Aluminium signaling fixtures with rotating light, painted RAL
6003, with 2 off M25 entries as standard. Evde-ROT-4 is available in the
following colours: blue / orange / red / green / yellow / transparent.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Approvals
Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0.1%)

-50C to 60C
IP65-66
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C
For Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories

Nr. 2 M25 entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Note
Continuous Running
Lamp included
25W
N.A.
12Vac / 24Vac / 48Vac / 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
12Vdc / 24Vdc / 48Vdc
50/60 Hz
Customized colours
Signalling lighting fixtures with rotating light

Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
128
Colour
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25

EVde-ROT 4 Series
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Weight kg
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
8.500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
129

Signaling luminaire with flashing light and Fresnel lens manufactured in a
Copper free Aluminium body, painted RAL 6003 with 2 off M25 entries as
standard. EVde-XN is available in different colours and voltages.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Approvals

-50C to 60C
IP65-66
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C

94/9/EC (ATEX)
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamp included
Lamps
10W, 25W, 50W
Lamps Wattage
ac
Rated operation voltage (UE) 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
Frequency
12Vdc / 24Vdc
50/60 Hz
Note
Continuous Running
Evde-XN
Signalling lighting fixtures with flashing

hing light
Type
EVdeXN-3 12/24V cc
EVdeXN-3 110V ca
EvdeXN-3 230-240V ca
EVdeMXN-3 12/24V cc
EVdeMXN-3 110V ca
EVdeMXN-3 230-240V ca
EVccMXN-5 12/24V cc
EVccMXN-5 110V ca
EVccMXN-5 230-240V ca
Power W
Dimensions
Weight kg
10
10
10
25
25
25
50
50
50
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
Note. This is a Sintesis table, which means that in each line you can choose among different combination of colors and voltage
130

Listed below you can find all the possible combinations, each of them listed with a unique code
Type
EVdeXN-3
EVdeXN-3
EvdeXN-3
EvdeXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
Type
EVdeXN-3
EVdeXN-3
EvdeXN-3
EvdeXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVdeMXN-3
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
EVccMXN-5
COLOR
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight kg
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
VOLTAGE
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
COLOR
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
VOLTAGE
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
Power (W)
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
Dimensions
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
Weight kg
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
5.100
131

Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeXN-3
Red
12V cc
EVdeXN-3
Red
24V cc
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Red
110V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Red
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Red
12V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Red
24V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Red
110V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Red
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Red
12V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Red
24V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Red
110V ac
50
195x450
5.100
Red
230-240V ac
EVccMXN-5
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
50
195x450
5.100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
5.100
EVdeXN-3
Green
12V cc
10
195x450
EVdeXN-3
Green
24V cc
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Green
110V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Green
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Green
12V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Green
24V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Green
110V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Green
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Green
12V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Green
24V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Green
110V ac
50
195x450
5.100
Green
230-240V ac
EVccMXN-5
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
50
195x450
5.100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
EVdeXN-3
Yellow
12V cc
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeXN-3
Yellow
24V cc
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Yellow
110V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Yellow
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Yellow
12V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Yellow
24V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Yellow
110V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Yellow
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Yellow
12V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Yellow
24V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Yellow
110V ac
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Yellow
230-240V ac
50
195x450
5.100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
5.100
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
EVdeXN-3
Transparent
12V cc
10
195x450
EVdeXN-3
Transparent
24V cc
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Transparent
110V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EvdeXN-3
Transparent
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Transparent
12V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Transparent
24V cc
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Transparent
110V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVdeMXN-3
Transparent
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Transparent
12V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Transparent
24V cc
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Transparent
110V ac
50
195x450
5.100
EVccMXN-5
Transparent
230-240V ac
50
195x450
5.100
132

WA.. Series
The WA range of aviation obstruction warning light are
manufactured in Copper free Aluminium, painted RAL 6003
and with red methacrylate dome.
Specifications
IP65-66
-50C to +40C (Temp. class T4)
-50C to +60C (Temp. class T3)
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE)
Accessories
II 2 GD
Ex d / Ex de IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135C / T200C
94/9/EC (ATEX)
Nr. 1 or Nr.2 M25 entry
Halogen (energy saver) or LEDs
70W, 2x70W, 6W LEDs or 2x6W LEDs
220V
Customized colours
Note
Red Methacrylate Dome (Halogen version only)
Code
Model
Type
Mode of Protection
Power (W)
Voltage
Weight (kg)
A.0421.12
EVde-2/HA 70
EVde-WAR 1x70W
Ex de
1x70W (old 100W inc)
230V
3.35
A.0420.12
EVCC-2/HA 70
EVCC-WAR 1x70W
Ex d
230V
3.00
A.0422.12
EVA-2/HA 2x70
EVA-WAD 2x70W
Ex d
230V
7.50
A.0422.13*
EVde-2/LED 6
EVde-WAR 6W
Ex de
6W
230V
3.35
A.0422.14*
EVCC-2/LED 6
EVCC-WAR 6W
Ex d
6W
230V
3.00
A.0422.15*
EVA-2/LED 2x6
EVA-WAD 2x6W
Ex d
2x6W
230V
3.00
* Special voltages from 24V up to 264V available upon request
133

EVcc-5 / LED Series
The EVCC-5/...LED range of Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting
products utilizes LED technology to deliver low heat dissipation, low watt
consumption and up to 100.000/hours maintenance free operation.
Aircraft warning lighting fixtures EVCC-5/...LED are multi-light source
utilizing high-power LEDs with wide beam. The product is fully compliant with ICAO Annex 14, which requires that structures over 45m should
incorporate medium intensity lighting fixtures (a lighting output of 1600 cd
minimum) light colour red.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Approvals

-50C to 60C
IP65-66
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
Standards
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories
Note

Nr. 2 M25 entries
Lamps included
High intensity power LEDs: 1W each x 60
110Vac / 220Vac / 240Vac
50/60 Hz
Available upon request
Up to 100.000/hours Maintenance Free Unit
Steady aircraft warning lighting fixtures medium intensity - power LED
134
Type
Code
Power (W)
Voltage
Dimension (A x C)
Weight (kg)
EVCC-5/LED-1x60
A.0414.37
1Wx60
110 Vac
280 x 440
13.1
EVCC-5/LED-1x60
A.0414.45
1Wx60
220240Vac
280 x 440
13.1
EVCC-5/LED-2x60
A.0414.46
2x(1Wx60)
220240Vac
820 x 467
13.1

EVcc-5 / LED Series
Dimensions
Raccordement
Plinthe en option
et entraxes de fixation
Vis de terre M5
135

EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
The EV-MIOL-LED range of Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting
products utilizes LED technology to deliver low heat dissipation, low watt
consumption and up to 100.000/hours maintenance free operation or up
to 50.000/hours at constant light output.
The EV-MIOL-LED is designed to accommodate a double beam in
a single housing luminaire. The typical twin light product is normally
configured in two separate housings with the consequence of large overall
dimension whereas the EV-MIOL-LED is condensed in a single housing,
saving over 50% in weight.
The product is fully compliant with ICAO Annex 14, which requires that
structures over 45m should incorporate medium intensity lighting fixtures
(a lighting output of 1600 cd minimum) light colour red.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-code
Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green

colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
IP66
-30C to 50C
02ATEXQ402
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-15
II 3 GD
Ex-nC IIC T6
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85C
Gaskets

94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 2 and Zone 22
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Nr. 2 M25 entries

30 + 30 LED LUXEON 3
90W + 90W
220Vac / 240Vac
Frequency
Accessories
50/60 Hz
Customized colours
Require for data of separate central unit suitable to drive 3-4 EV-MIOL-LED-90+90
136

EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
Dimensions
137

TNDSP-25 Ex bell
The TNDSP Ex d electronic speaker is configured with traditional
mechanical bell sound. With no moving parts it is the ideal replacement
for standard mechanical Ex protected alarms or bells.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
Earthing
Entries
Connections
Power
Power consumption
Sound level
Rated current
Operating voltage
EMC protection
Upon request
Colour
Antistatic polyamide, bracket in AISI 316L

IP66
-20C to +40C
Nemko 03ATEX1357
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
Ex des IIB + H2 T6
II 2 G
Internal M4
1xM20 + 1xM25 plugged
2.5mm max
25W
19.6W (8W, 1kHz sine wave)
P112 dB
Max 2 Amp.
24VDC (19.2 28VDC)
EN50082-2 / EN50081-2
Other sound effects
Black
Sound Characteristics for TNDSP-25-Ex bell
Dimensions
138
Audible and Visible Signals

XAWS
The XAWS Ex e break-glass call-point for emergency or fire alarm.
The call point is available with two modes of operation:
Automatic: The contact block is held in position by the glass.

The contact opens as soon as the glass is broken.
Manual: The contact must be operated by the user once the
glass is broken.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
GRP
IP 6566
20C to +40C (+50C, +60C)
INERIS 03ATEX0122
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7,
EN50281-1-1
II 2 GD, Ex ed IIC T6 to T4
T85C to T135C
Complete Fire alarm station

Automatic contact operation
Contact block
NC
NO
NO+ NC
type
ZBWE102
ZBWE101
ZBWE101+ ZBWE102
Reference
XAWS111
XAWS121
XAWS151
Manual contact operation

Contact block
NO
NC
NO+ NC
type
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
ZBWE101 + ZBWE102
Reference
XAWS211
XAWS221
XAWS251
NO
ZBWE101
NC
ZBWE102
Accessories and spare parts

Slow break contact block
Glass
XAWS901
Dimensions
139
140
Lighting
RMS 540 Series

Fluorescent lamps, IP65, AISI 304
142
RMS 550 Series
143
Fluorescent lamps, Ex nA, AISI 304
RMS 560 Series

Fluorescent lamps, Ex de, AISI 304
TNAML
Fluorescent light, Ex me, Seawater resistant anodized aluminium
EVF-P Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium
EVF-P Endurance Series

Fluorescent lamps long life, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium
EVde HID Series

Lighting fixtures for HID lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVde I/HA Series

Lighting fixtures for incandescent / halogen lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
TNXCX
Floodlight, Ex e/de, Acid Resistant Steel
FL Series
Floodlights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium / AISI 316L
EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series

Spot Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVcc-PR Series
Tank Lighting fixtures, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
EVA Series
145
149
153
155
157
160
162
164
166
167
Hand lamps for incandescent lamps, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
168
TNCLS
169
Level Gauges, Ex em, AISI 316L
141
Lighting
RMS 540
The RMS 540 range of safe-area fluorescent luminaires is manufactured
from AISI304 stainless steel. The body is fabricated from a single sheet of
steel with no invasive mounting holes to minimize the risk of water ingress
through the housing. The tempered glass window minimizes the risk of
light output loss over time due to polycarbonate yellowing. The RMS range
is ideally suited for on and offshore and marine environments and all kinds
of industry where there is a high level of corrosion.
Specifications
Stainless Steel AISI 304/AISI316, 0.8 mm
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Standards
Gaskets
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Emergency Service
Note
thickness and transparent part in tempered glass

IP66
Industrial waterproof
IP65 CLASS I
-30C / 55C
Compliance with Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) according to
European Directive 2004/108/EC
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon
rubber made (close cells) located in housing
channel between body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through
holes for cable entries, one complete of
metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
RMS Series is suitable for two pins fluorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 W
Electromecanichal ballast
230 V
50 Hz
> 0.9
Wiring with High frequency electronic ballast (220-240V 50/60 Hz.)
Suspension mounting kit G1 AISI 304 made
Pole mounting kit P12 1 size AISI 304 made
Wall mounting kit H1 AISI 304 made
RMS 540 lighting fixtures for Emergency Service are available: RMS 540...LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for
RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of
single core wires need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever
protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be
possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.
Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
Type
RMS 540
*03/IND
*04/IND
*01/IND
*02/IND
Code
A.2213.00
A.2211.00
A.2214.00
A.2212.00
Lamps
Num.
1
2
1
2
Power
[W]
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D
Overall
dimensions
[mm]
Weight
A
B
C
[kg]
737 239 123 5.10
737 239 123 5.20
1347 239 123 8.40
1347 239 123 8.60
Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
Type
RMS 540
*01/IND/LEP
*02/IND/LEP
*03/IND/LEP
*04/IND/LEP
Lamps
Power
Code
Num.
[W]
A.2223.00
1
1x36W TL-D
A.2224.00
2
2x36W TL-D
A.2221.00
1
1x18W TL-D
A.2222.00
2
2x18W TL-D
Overall
dimensions
[mm]
Weight
A
B
C
[kg]
737 239 123 5.80
737 239 123 5.90
1347 239 123 9.10
1347 239 123 9.30
Emergency service on one lamp for 60 with constant lighting output,

Emergency service on one lamp for 90 with lighting output decreasing
142
Lighting
RMS 550
The RMS 550 range of zone 2 fluorescent luminaires is manufactured from AISI304 stainless steel. The body is fabricated from a
single sheet of steel with no invasive mounting holes to minimize
the risk of water ingress through the housing. The tempered glass
window minimizes the risk of light output loss over time due to polycarbonate yellowing. The RMS range is ideally suited for on and
offshore and marine environments and all kinds of industry where
there is a high level of corrosion.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Stainless Steel AISI 304/AISI316 , 0.8 mm thickness

and transparent part in tempered glass
IP66
-30C to 55C
INERIS 01ATEX3002X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-15
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 3 GD
Ex nA II T5 Tamb. -30C to 50C
Ex nA II T4 Tamb -30C to 55C
Ex tD A22 T90 Tamb -30C to 40C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T100 Tamb -30C to 50C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T105 Tamb -30C to 55C

For Zone 2 and Zone 22
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
Gaskets
body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
Entries
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
RMS Series is suitable for two pins fluorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent.
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon
request
Emergency Service
Note
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 W
High-frequency electronic ballast conforming with EN 60079-15 and IEC 60079-15
220-240 V
50 60 Hz
> 0.95
Pole mounting kit P12 1 size AISI 304 made
RMS 550 lighting fixtures for Emergency Service are available:
RMS 550...PNL/LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need
some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever protected
by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible where, for
fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.
143
Lighting
RMS 550
RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service

TYPE
RMS 550
CODE
* 03/PNL
* 04/PNL
* 01/PNL
* 02/PNL
A.2205.00
A.2201.00
A.2206.00
A.2202.00
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
1
2
1
2
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D
Overall dimensions [mm]

A
B
C
737
239
123
737
239
123
1347
239
123
1347
239
123
WEIGHT
[kg]
5.10
5.20
8.40
8.60
RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service

TYPE
RMS 550
* 03/PNL/LE-P
* 04/PNL/LE-P
* 01/PNL/LE-P
* 02/PNL/LE-P
CODE
A.2236.00
A.2283.00
A.2235.00
A.2234.00
1
2
1
2

144
POWER
[W]
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D

A
B
C
737
239
123
737
239
123
1347
239
123
1347
239
123
WEIGHT
[kg]
5.10
5.20
8.40
8.60
Lighting
RMS 560
The RMS range of zone 1 fluorescent luminaires is manufactured
from AISI304 stainless steel. The body is fabricated from a single
sheet of steel with no invasive mounting holes to minimize the risk
of water ingress through the housing. The tempered glass window
minimizes the risk of light output loss over time due to polycarbonate
yellowing. The RMS range is ideally suited for on and offshore and
marine environments and all kinds of industry where there is a high
level of corrosion.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- Brazilian
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Stainless Steel AISI 304/AISI316, 0.8 mm thickness

and transparent part in tempered glass
IP66
-20C to 60C
INERIS 01ATEX0060
08/UL-BRCP-0001
GOST Certificat
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7,
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex de IIC T6 (20C to 40C)
Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85C / T100C / T135C
Gaskets
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Lampholder suitable for fluorescent two pins lamp type PHILIPS TL-D or similar
(lamps excluded)
Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 W
high-frequency electronic ballast
Ballast
Rated operation 220-240 V
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon
request
Emergency
Service
Note
50 60 Hz
> 0.95
Pole mounting kit P12 1 size AISI 304 made (not suitable for 18W emergency version)
Micro switch interlocked with closing-opening device of lighting fixture: when opening the frame-window the
micro switch will cut out the power supply
RMS 560 lighting fixtures for Emergency Service are available:
RMS 560...PNL/LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires
need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever
protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible
where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.
145
Lighting
RMS 560
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
TYPE
RMS 560*
CODE
* 03/PNL
A.2227.01
1x18W TL-D
737
* 04/PNL
A.2230.01
2x18W TL-D
737
* 01/PNL
A.2231.01
1x36W TL-D
1347
B
239
WEIGHT
[kg]
123
5.60
239
123
5.70
239
123
8.90
* 02/PNL
A.2232.01
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
9.10
* 03/PNL/MS
A.2227.00
1x18W TL-D
737
239
123
5.65
* 04/PNL/MS
A.2230.00
2x18W TL-D
737
239
123
5.75
* 01/PNL/MS
A.2231.00
1x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
8.95
* 02/PNL/MS
A.2232.00
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
9.15
MS: with Micro-Switch

TYPE
RMS 560*
CODE
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]

A
WEIGHT
[kg]
* 03/PNL/LE P
A.2227.02
1x18W TL-D
737
239
173
9.50
* 04/PNL/LE P
A.2230.02
2x18W TL-D
737
239
173
9.60
* 01/PNL/LE P
A.2231.02
1x36W TL-D
1347
239
173
14.10
* 02/PNL/LE P
A.2232.02
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
173
14.30

146
Lighting
RMS Series
2-3 ,
2-3 ,

-

Ceiling mounting included in

standard version
2-3 ,

2-3 ,

-
Suspension mounting kit G1 type

on request code: A 0530 75*

,
2-3 ,

3
2

22- 3
3

,
,

Wall mounting kit H1 type

on request code:
A 0530 70*
Pole stanchion mounting kit P12

type on request code:
A 0530 71*
* not compatible with
RMS-560-03 e 04 /
PNL-LE emergency 18W only

All units are Stainless Steel made
147
Lighting
RMS Series
.
,
RMS lighting fixtures mounting path
148
Lighting
TNAML
Features
10 years operational warranty gives low lifecycle cost*

100% encapsulated.
Maintenance free solution requiring only visual inspection from an
Ex point of view
Easy and flexible installation
Seawater resistant anodized aluminum
Tempered glass
Fully recyclable
High light efficiency (80%)
Available with 2x18W / 2x36W / 2x58W lamps
Optional incorporated battery powered LED emergency lighting
Sealed-for-life concept
Fit and forget
Patented design
Vibration test
Standard:
Frequency range:
Amplitude:
Acceleration:
Sweep rate:
# sweep cycles:
# directions:
General specifications:
Modes of protection
ATEX classification
Zones
Applied standards
Approvals
- Atex
Ex code
Inspection
Product specifications:
Housing
Lamps
IP Rating
Temperature range
Voltage
Electrical connection
Entries
Ballast
Mounting
LED (Em. lighting versions)
IEC60721-2-3 Ed 1.0 and IEC68-2-6

1 - 150 Hz
5mm (1 to 10 Hz)
2 gn (10 to 150 Hz)
1 octave per minute
10
3
Ex e mb, Ex tD A21
Group II Category 2 G D
1, 2, 21, 22
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-18
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
KEMA 08ATEX0163
II 2 G Ex e mb II T6
II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80C
Visual inspection in accordance with EN/IEC 60079-17
Seawater resistant anodized (25 micron) aluminium with tempered glass
Pre-mounted long life lamps, colour 4000K
IP66
-20C to +55C
220-264VAC 50/60Hz
0.5-6mm2 spring terminals through integrated external junction box (sealed by resin)
2 x 25 mm cable gland entries. One plugged.
Electronic with end of life protection
2 x adjustable brackets on guidance rail for easy and quick installation
90 minutes battery backup
Options (upon request, minimum quatities may apply):

Voltage
Lamps
Electrical connection
LED Emergency lighting
Glass
Wiring
Other area classifications
Accessories
Mounting brackets
Safety wire
Cable Gland
Manned/Unmanned facilities
Indoor ceiling installation
*Conditions apply
110/120VAC, 50/60 Hz (only for 2x18W and 2x36W)

Colour 3000K
8 metre permanent flying lead, braided
180 minute back-up
4 LEDs to meet requirements of IMO/DNV-OS-A101
For use in accordance with HACCP environment (food industry)
Through wiring (each end of the luminaire)
Zone II, Ex n, 3 GD (TNAMLC...) or safe area version (TNAMLD...)
Pole and ceiling mounting brackets

For installation into a fixing arrangement on the light fitting
Suitable rated cable glands can be supplied with the light fitting
Black start function for manned/unmanned functionality
Frame for resessed installation
Emergency
version
149
Lighting
TNAML
Article code
Lamps
Voltage
LED emergency
service
Weight
Total
length
Lumen
AMLB1218A1A
2x18W
220-264VAC
6.6* kg
738 mm
2.600 Lumen
AMLB1218A1B
2x18W
220-264VAC
90 min.
9.1* kg
898 mm
2,600 Lumen
AMLB1236A1A
2x36W
220-264VAC
9.4* kg
1118 mm
6.000 Lumen
AMLB1236A1B
2x36W
220-264VAC
90 min.
11.2* kg
1118 mm
6.000 Lumen
AMLB1236B2A
2x36W
220-264VAC
11.6* kg
1620 mm
6.600 Lumen
AMLB1236B2B
2x36W
220-264VAC
90 min.
13.4* kg
1620 mm
6.600 Lumen
AMLB1258A1A
2x58W
220-264VAC
12.1* kg
1648 mm
10.400 Lumen
AMLB1258A1B
2x58W
220-264VAC
90 min.
13.9* kg
1648 mm
10.400 Lumen
*The weight is excluding the filling material for the junction box, this is 0,35 kgs per luminaire
Type
Max. qty. of lamp fitting on a 16A/

C-char. circuit. 30mA ELCB
Inrush current
2 x 18W
30
18A / 250s
2 x 36W
30
18A / 250s
2 x 58W
20
31A / 350s
Total Cost of Ownership
The benefits of installing

TNAML can be shown in
a Total Cost of Ownership
calculation. For this purpose
we have created a software
tool to calculate the lifetime
cost savings based on input
from the client.
150
Lighting
TNAML
Universal adjustable mounting system
Ceiling mounting
Pole mounting
Suspension mounting
151
Lighting
TNAML
Dimensions
2 x 58W
2 x 36W
2 x 18W
* Emergency light version
Versions with junction box in each end for through connection/wirin

connection/wiring
Light distribution curve

Standard version
Per 1000 Lumen
152
Emergency version (2 LEDs)
Lighting
EVF-P
The EVF-P range of Ex d IIC fluorescent luminaires is manufactured
with a cylindrical polycarbonate lamp housing and two end-cups
in copper-free aluminium. The polycarbonate lamp housing is
manufactured from a 3 layer extrusion with UV filter to minimize
the risk of polycarbonate yellowing and grant the best possible
protection against direct sun heating and minimal wind resistance.
These technical features make the EVF-P Series suitable for all
environments where fluorescent illumination is required in zone 1
areas.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- Brazilian
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Two end-cups in copper-free aluminium

(Cu<0.1%) mounted on a circular shape
polycarbonate made
IP66
-20C to 50C
INERIS 02ATEX0039
08/UL-BRCP-002
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85C
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 21 and Zone 2/Zone 22
Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1.5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated Ex-d
plug with relevant gasket
EVF-P Series is suitable for two pins fluorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 / 58 W
Lamps Wattage
High Frequency Electronic ballast
Ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 220-240 V
50 60 Hz
Frequency
> 0.95
Power factor
Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Accessories
Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
3 bottom entry M20
EVF-P lighting fixtures for Emergency Service are available, see:
Emergency Service
EVF-P...LE-P
Note
The screw-cover of EVF-P, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by mean of a
stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully withdrawable
in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenance
153
Ligthing
EVF-P
EVF-P Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
CODE
TYPE
A.0423.00
A.0424.00
A.0425.00
A.0426.00
A.0427.00
A.0428.00
EVF-P 118
EVF-P 136
EVF-P 158
EVF-P 218
EVF-P 236
EVF-P 258
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]

A
B
C
1
1
1
2
2
2
1x18W
1x36W
1x58W
2x18W
2x36W
2x58W
764
1374
1680
764
1374
1680
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 x 18W
2 x 18W
1 x 36W
2 x 36W
1 x 58W
2 x 58W
1 x 18W
1 x 36W
1 x 58W

A
B
C
764
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
1680
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
176
176
176
176
176
176
194
194
194
194
194
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
6
8
9
6
8
10
EVF-PLE Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service

CODE
TYPE
A.0423.10
A.0426.10
A.0424.10
A.0427.10
A.0425.10
A.0428.10
A.0423.11
A.0424.11
A.0425.11
EVF-P 118 LE P
EVF-P 218 LE P
EVF-P 136 LE P
EVF-P 236 LE P
EVF-P 158 LE P
EVF-P 258 LE P
EVF-P 118 LE NP
EVF-P 136 LE NP
EVF-P 158 LE NP
WEIGHT
[kg]
8
8
10
10
11
11
7.7
9.7
10.7
(P) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus

(NP) NON Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus
Typical mounting kit for EVF-P Series Lighting Fixtures

Specifications
KIT G3
CEILING MOUNTING KIT G3 Type for lighting fixtures:

EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
KIT P14
POLE MOUNTING KIT P14 Type for lighting fixtures:

EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 11/2 pole
Type
KIT P14
KIT G3
Dimensions
154
Useful for
Lighting Fixtures
EVF-P
EVF-P
Code
A.0423.61
A.0423.60
Material
Stainless Steel AISI 304
Weight
kg
0,44
0,167
Lighting
EVF-P Endurance
The EVF-P endurance range of Ex d fluorescent luminaires
is based upon the design benefits of the EVF-P range. The
Endurance Range has been specially engineered to house the
latest long-life Master TL-D Xtreme Phillips fluorescent lamps,
paired with HF-Performer II Xtreme high frequency ballast. As
a result, with the EVF-P Endurance you can expect over 40,000
hours of maintenance free operation.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Operating Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Two end-cups in Copper free Aluminium

mounted on a circular shape polycarbonate made
IP66
-20C to 50C
INERIS 02ATEX0039
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation voltage

(UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Emergency Service
Note
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85 C
94/9/EC (ATEX)
Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1.5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated Ex d
plug with relevant gasket
EVF-P ENDurance Series is suitable for two pins fluorescent socket: MASTER TL-D Xtreme PHILIPS
Low- Pressure mercury discharge lamp with tubolar 26 mm. envelope
Extreme long reliable lifetime and higher efficacy are achieved with HF-PERFORMER II Xtreme
electronic gear (lamps excluded).
18 / 36 / 58 W
HF- PERFORMER II Xtreme High Frequency Ballast Philips (36W and 58W)
Smart power: costant light indipendent of mains voltage fluctuations
Protected against excessive voltage peaks (up to 4Kv) and suitable for Class I and Class II luminaires
Protected against mains voltages and incorrect connections up to 400V AC
220-240 V
50 60 Hz
> 0.95
Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
3 bottom entry M20
EVF-P ENDurance lighting fixtures for Emergency Service is available:
EVF-P...LE-LP/LED-END
The screw-cover of EVF-P END, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by
mean of a stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully
withdrawable in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenence
155
Lighting
EVF-P Endurance
EVF-PLE END (Endurance) Series
CODE
A.0423.12
A.0426.11
A.0423.13
A.0427.11
A.0423.14
A.0428.11
TYPE
EVF-P 118 LE-LP / LED-END
LAMPS
Num.
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
POWER
[W]
1 x 18 + x1
2 x 18 + x1
1 x 36 + x1
2 x 36 + x1
1 x 58 + x1
2 x 58 + x1

A
B
C
764
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
1680
176
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
8
8
10
10
11
11
(LP) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus by LED source
EVF-PEND (Endurance) Series

CODE
A.0423.01
A.0424.01
A.0425.01
A.0426.01
A.0427.01
A.0428.01
TYPE
EVF-P 118-LE P
EVF-P 136-LE P
EVF-P 158-LE P
EVF-P 218-LE P
EVF-P 236-LE P
EVF-P 258-LE P
LAMPS
Num.
1
2
1
2
2
2
POWER
[W]
1x18W
1x36W
1x58W
2x18W
2x36W
2x58W

A
B
C
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
6
8
9
6
8
10
EVF-P
Typical Mounting Kit
Specifications
KIT G3
KIT P14
TYPE
KIT P14
KIT G3
Dimensions
156
CEILING MOUNTING KIT G3 Type for lighting fixtures:

EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
POLE MOUNTING KIT P14 Type for lighting fixtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 1 pole
Useful for
Lighting Fixtures
EVF-P
EVF-P
CODE
A.0423.61
A.0423.60
MATERIAL
WEIGHT
Kg
0.44
0.167
Lighting
EVde HID Series
The EVde-H.I.D. range luminaires have been designed to house builtin control gear for high intensity discharge (H.I.D.) lamps and to manage
the light source, driving it where required by way of suitable reflectors and
refractors.
Cast copper-free aluminium construction (Cu<0.1%) and tempered
glass for lamp compartment EVde-H.I.D. luminaires can provide small
dimensions/low weight combined with a wide range of wattage: from
50W to 400W. By separating the control gear and lamp compartments
the EVde range ensures low temperature rise on electronic components
maximizing the lifetime of the luminaire.
The EVde-H.I.D solution with built-in control gear and Ex e junction
box, allows end users and contractors the possibility to save 1 junction
box, 2 cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes of labour during the
installation process.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Frequency
Ignitor and Capacitor
Power factor
Accessories

-50C to 60C, See specific limitations in
the relative tables for lamps typology
IP65-66
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C / T200C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C / T200C
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Lighting apparatus EVde series can be equipped with:
High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapour, Metal Halide lamps (included)
From 50W to 400W
Ballast technical features depend on lamp type
230 V
50 Hz
Ignitor and Capacitor technical features depend on ballast type
> 0.9
GEV-Protection guard
REV-Standard reflector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
REVD-Dome reflector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
KFE-High Bay Reflector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
VERTEVA-Prismatic Refractor made of virgin acrylic
Lampholder
Ceramic lamp holder
Note
Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole
installation. 4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
157
Lighting
EVde HID Series
High Pressure Sodium (NA)
TYPE
EVde-2/NA-B 50
EVde-2/NA-B 70
EVde-3/NA-B 50
EVde-3/NA-B 70
EVde-4/NA-B 100
EVde-4/NA-B 150
EVde-4/NA-B 250
EVde-5/NA-B 250
CODE
A.0405.60
A.0405.61
A.0405.68
9.0801.55
A.0405.62
A.0405.63
A.0405.64
A.0405.66
LAMP W
50
70
50
70
100
150
250
250
LAMP TYPE
High Pressure Sodium
WEIGHT kg
6.00
6.00
v7.40
7.40
7.60
8.40
15.00
16.70
EVde-5/NA-B 400
A.0405.67
400
18.00
TEMP. CLASS
T4*
T4*
T4
T4
T3
T3
T3 Tamb. -20C/40C
T4 Tamb. -20C/40C
T3 Tamb. -20C/60C
T3 Tamb. -20C/60C
* Lamp with built-in glow-discharge ignitor
Mercury Vapour (HG)

TYPE
EVde-2/HG-B 50
EVde-2/HG-B 80
EVde-3/HG-B 125
EVde-4/HG-B 175*
Evde-4/HG-B 250
Evde-5/HG-B 250
CODE
A.0405.51
A.0405.52
A.0405.54
A.0405.55
A.0405.56
A.0405.58
LAMP W
50
80
125
175
250
250
Evde-5/HG-B 400
A.0405.59
400
LAMP TYPE
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
WEIGHT kg
TEMP. CLASS
6.00
T4
6.00
T4
7.40
T3
8.30
T3
14.80
T3 Tamb. -20C / 40C
15.70
T4 Tamb. -20C / 40C
T3 Tamb. -20C / 60C
16.50
T3 Tamb. -20C / 60C
Mercury Vapour
* On request
Metal Halide (IM)

TYPE
A.0405.75
A.0405.76
A.0405.77
A.0405.71
A.0405.73
A.0405.74
CODE
EVde-3/IM-B 70
EVde-4/IM-B 100
EVde-4/IM-B 150
EVde-4/IM-B-250
EVde-5/IM-B-250
EVde-5/IM-B-400
LAMP W
70
100
150
250
250
400
LAMP TYPE
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
WEIGHT kg
7.40
7.60
8.40
15.00
16.70
16.70
EVde-H.I.D. Accessories
REV- Standard reflector made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
DIMENSION
A X B
WEIGHT
KG
REV-2
A.0504.02
EVde-2 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-3
A.0504.03
EVde-3 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-4
A.0504.04
EVde-4 ...
400 x 89
0.370
GEV- Protection guard

CODE
For Lighting Fixtures

TYPE
GEV-2*
A.0505.02
EVde-2 ...
153 x 140
0.230
GEV-3*
A.0505.03
EVde-3 ...
174 x 147
0.240
GEV-4*
A.0505.04
EVde-4 ...
188 x 200
0.320
GEV-5
A.0530.81
EVde-5...
A.0530.80
EVde-5 with REVD-5 only
TYPE
GEV-5-P
* Stainless steel AISI 304 made
158
DIMENSION
A X B
WEIGHT
KG
TEMP. CLASS
T4
T4
T4
T3
T3
T3
Lighting
EVde HID Series
REVD- Dome reflector made of 99.85
Polished and anodized aluminium
CODE

TYPE
REVD-4
A.0504.10
EVde-4 ...
440 x 310
0.800
REVD-5
A.0530.79
Evde-5 ...
500 x 250
0.800
TYPE
DIMENSION
A X B
WEIGHT
KG
KFE-
High bay reflector made of 99.85 Polished and anodized aluminium
CODE

TYPE
A.0504.20
EVde-4 ... / EVde-5 ...
TYPE
KFE*
DIMENSION
A X B
570 x 300
WEIGHT
KG
KFE
1.150
Available on request
VERTEVA-
Prismatic refractor made of virginacrylic
TYPE
CODE

TYPE
VERTEVA*
A.0504.50
EVde-4 ... / EVde-5
DIMENSION
A X B
415 x 250
WEIGHT
KG
4.000
* only for 250W

* available on request
Dimensions
POLE/STANCHION
Evd-5...
Evd-4...
Evd-3...
Evd-2...
WALL
CEILING
159
Lighting
EVde HA/FC Series
EVde HA/FC range luminaires have been designed to house halogen and
fluorescent compact lamps and to manage the light source, driving it where
required by using of suitable reflectors and refractors.
Cast copper-free aluminium construction (Cu<0.1%) and tempered glass
for lamp compartment EVde-.I./HA/FC luminaires can provide small
dimensions/low weight combined with a wattage up to 140W.
The EVde HA/FC solution with built-in control gear and Ex e junction box,
allows end users and contractors the possibility to save 1 junction box, 2
cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes of labour during the installation
process.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage

-50C to 60C
See specific limitations in the relative
tables for lamps typology
IP65-66
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C / T200C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C / T200C
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Lamp included: Halogen/Fluorescent compact
Up to 140W
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V

Accessories
Lampholder
Note
160
GEV-Protection guard
REV-Standard reflector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
Ceramic lamp holder
Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
Lighting
EVde HA/FC Series
(HA) Halogen - Energy Saver
TYPE
CODE
LAMP [W]
EVde-2/HA 42
EVde-2/HA 70
EVde-2/HA 105
EVde-3/HA 140
A.0400.41
A.0400.42
A.0400.43
A.0400.44
LAMP WEIGHT TEMP.

TYPE
[kg]
CLASS
42 (old 60W inc) Halogen
3.10
T4
3.10
T4
3.10
T4
4.40
T4
(FC) Fluorescent Compact - Energy Saver long life (8000h)

TYPE
CODE
LAMP [W]
LAMP
WEIGHT TEMP.
TYPE
[kg]
CLASS
EVde-4/FC 45 A.0400.45 45 (old 200W inc) Fluorescent
7.00
T4
7.00
T4
7.00
T4
REVD- Dome reflector

made of 99.85, Polished and anodized aluminium
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
DIMENSION
A X B [mm]
WEIGHT
[kg]
REVD-4
A.0504.10
EVde-4...
440 x 310
0.800
REVD-5
A.0530.79
EVde-5...
500 x 250
0.800
REV- Standard reflector

made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White
DIMENSION
A X B [mm]
GEV- Protection guard
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
WEIGHT
[kg]
REV-2
A.0504.02
EVde-2 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-3
A.0504.03
EVde-3 ...
320 x 89
0.270
GEV-3*
A.0505.03
EVde-3 ...
174 x 147
0.240
REV-4
A.0504.04
EVde-4 ...
400 x 89
0.370
GEV-4*
A.0505.04
EVde-4 ...
188 x 200
0.320
TYPE
GEV-2*
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
A.0505.02
EVde-2 ...
DIMENSION
A X B [mm]
153 x 140
WEIGHT
[kg]
0.230
* Stainless steel AISI 304 made
Dimensions
Evd-5...
Evd-4...
Evd-3...
Evd-2...
161
Lighting
TNXCX
The TNXCX Ex d IIC low profile Xenon helideck floodlights are manufactured in AISI316 stainless steel and are developed to withstand harsh
offshore environments while providing safe, powerful illumination with no
glare (e.g. to pilots or crew). High quality internal electronics provide a
reliable and long-life light source to minimize maintenance.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
IP66 (IP67/68 upon request)
Ambient temperature -50C to +50C
Approvals
- Atex
Standards
Ex-code
Entries
Gland Size Ex e
Lamp
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Weight
Lens
--
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN50281-1-1
CAP437
Ex d/Ex de IIC/IIB,
II 2 G / D, T4
Suitable for Zone 1 and 2
Ex e glands M25 or M20, or blanking plugs
M25 / M20 / Blanked
Xenon D25 / 35 Watt
230, 120 VAC/12, 24 VDC
50 Watt
Approx. 10 kg.
Glass
#
254 = 254VAC
230 = 220/240VAC
120 = 110/120VAC
24 = 24VDC
12 = 12VDC
E = Explosion Proof, I = Industrial
For XCX130:
1 = Ex de with TNCN and 2x25
2 = Ex de c/w EEx e bottom 5x25 entries
3 = Ex d with 1xM25 bottom entry
4 = Ex d with 1xM25 bottom entry and flying lead (5m)
Diameter 130 = 130 mm
X = Xenon light source
Material types: C = SS316L, A = Aluminium
TNX
Typical floodlight with connection box or flying lead:

XCX1301E-230
TNXCX130 Ex de floodlight SS316L
TNCN connection box and cable bushing
2 nos Ex e M25 entries
DxL = 130x423 mm., 230VAC
162
XCX1304E-12
TNXCX130 Ex d floodlight SS316L
Flying lead cable (5m)
One Ex d M25 entry
DxL = 130x378mm., 12VDC
Lighting
TNXCX
Dimensions
Ex de
Ex d Flying Lead
Mounting bracket AISI 316L material

Ordering code: TPS14007
Canopy for extra protection against glaring (optional) AISI 316L Material
Ordering code: TPS14003
163
Lighting
FL Series
The FL range of Ex de IIB / IIB+H2 of floodlights is manufactured in
copper free aluminium and designed for halogen and discharge lamps up
to 400/500W. The luminaire is available with offshore suitable RAL 6003
paint finish and internal anti-condensation coating. For ease of installation
and maintenance the luminaire features an integral Ex e connection box
and AISI304 stainless steel female threads for fastening bolts to minimize
wear. The FL range luminaires are completed with lamp, ballast, HPF
capacitor and igniter.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code

Stainless steel AISI 316L
IP65-66
-50C to 55C
INERIS 00ATEX0023X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex de IIB T3
Ex de IIB+H2 T3 (upon request)

94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
Nitrile rubber gasket on flat joint
Gaskets
Surface treatment
No. 2 M25 entries: one plugged off and one completed with a single seal cable gland our type
Thread
PNA 2, brass nichel plated.
Captive stainless steel screws and stailess steel adjustable bracket
Hardware and Screw
Halogen and discharge lamps
Lamps
150, 250, 400, 500, 2x70
Lamps Wattage
Low losses integral ballast
Ballast
50 Hz
Frequency
> 0.9
Power factor
Ceramic lampholder E-40 with antiloosening terminals
Lampholder
Internal reflector, symmetrical distribution with narrow beam pure polished aluminium, fixed to
Reflector
body by a safe wire even when removed during maintenance.
Off -shore version with surface treatment for oil platforms and corrosive environments
Accessories
External colour ON REQUEST choice between Ral classification
Hammered reflector for wide beam
Top-pole mounting kit (pole size 2)
Voltages and frequencies ON REQUEST: - 240V 50 o 60 Hz - 254V 60 Hz - 120V 60 Hz - 127V
50 o 60 Hz - 208V 60 Hz
Floodlight with wind-up stand Italgas specified cod. Aplog/log-gestilog: GAS-d3
Specified Version for
Special services
Floodlight world wide Shell Oil specified M.e.s.c. no. 69.56.23.520.1 to 69.56.23.544.1 details with
lamps in Shell standardization
N.A.T.O. standarization floodlight specified for military purposes code NSN 5795-17-1092235. Floodlight for lighting the escape platform/ship area Life boat FL-2x70-HA series with 2
halogen lamps 50 or 70W each with back refl ector for narrow beam , suitable for connection to
emergency circuit powered by batteries always available on escape platform circuits. The narrow
beam issued is lighting the sea surface below the safe boat to aid the life boat splash-down and
as sign life boat for man in water
Note
164
Hinged window on cover

Connection to electric network via the backside through the Ex-e connection box with 4 terminals
(4 sqmm.) bridged 2 by 2
Lighting
FL Series
Floodlight
CODE
A.0421.14
A.0421.15
A.0421.19
A.0421.20
A.0421.25
A.0421.30
A.0421.35
A.0421.40
A.0421.45
TYPE
FL 15 SA
FL 25 SA
FL 40 SA
FL 25 IM
FL 40 IM
FL 25 HG
FL 40 HG
FL 50 HA
FL 14 HA
POWER
[W]
150
250
400
250
400
250
400
500
2x70
LAMPS TYPE
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Mercury Vapours
Mercury Vapours
Halogen
Halogen
VOLTAGE
[V]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220
48
WEIGHT
[kg]
24.7
25.8
27.0
25.8
24.8
25.7
22.9
21.0
22.0
FL316 Floodlight
FL 15 SA / 316
150
VOLTAGE
[V]
220/230 [50Hz]
FL 25 SA / 316
250
220/230 [50Hz]
51.3
FL 40 SA / 316
400
220/230 [50Hz]
52.5
FL 25 IM / 316
Metal Halide
250
220/230 [50Hz]
51.3
FL 40 IM / 316
Metal Halide
400
220/230 [50Hz]
50.3
FL 25 HG / 316
Mercury Vapours
250
220/230 [50Hz]
51.2
FL 40 HG / 316
Mercury Vapours
400
220/230 [50Hz]
47.5
FL 50 HA / 316
Halogen
500
220
FL 14 SA / 316
Halogen
2x70
48
TYPE
LAMPS TYPE
POWER
[W]
WEIGHT
Package [kg]
50.2
FL/AISI 316 Series

With the intent to answer to the off-shore market need
of a totally corrosion proof apparatus able to withstand
the combined action of salty marine and hydrocarbons
environments, has been studied and developed the FL/AISI
316 Series. The high cost of ordinary and extraordinary
maintenance on oil platforms fully justifies the replacement
of Aluminum light alloy with Stainless steel 316.
The exclusive foundry know-how allowed Italsmea to
cast and to machine units Aisi 316 made with L title and
with same shape and thickens of Aluminum version also
reducing to the lowest possible the weight.
165
Lighting
EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series
The EVde-LED / EVde-PT range of LED and halogen spot-lights are
designed for applications where high intensity illumination is required.
Utilizing LED technology the Evde-LED is especially resistant to shock or
vibration and free from infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. The range is
also available as tank light and portable light, ideal for demanding onshore
and offshore applications such as cleaning, grit blasting and inspection of
confined spaces.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP65-66
-50C to 60C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100C / T135C

94/9/EC (ATEX)
Gaskets
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting (RAL 6003)
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories
Available upon
request
Note
Dimensions
18 LEDs or Halogen
High Intensity Power LEDs: 1W each
24Vdc or 240Vac. 230V models are available
50/60 Hz.
Handle for single handed portability
Adjustable stainless steel U-bracket for wall mounting (included),

suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
Type
Code
Power
(W)
Lamp Type
Voltage
(V)
Frequency
Weight
kg
Temp.
Class
EVde-3/LED 18
EVde-3/LED 18
EVde-PT/HA 70
EVCC-PT/HA 70
A.0416.54
A.0416.52
A.0416.61
A.0416.11
18W
18W
70W (old 100W inc)
70W (old 100W inc)
18 LEDs x 1W each
18 LEDs X 1W each
Halogen (energy saver)
24Vdc
115-240Vac
230V
230V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
5.00
5.00
3.00
3.00
T6
T6
T3
T3
166
Overall
Dimension
X
Length mm
195 x 336
195 x 336
231 x 282
231 x 282
Lighting
EVcc-PR Series
The EVcc-PR luminaire is manufactured in copper-free aluminium and
designed for tank inspection. Delivered painted to RAL 6003 and
complete with halogen or LED light source and 2 off M25 cable entries.
Flange mount version is available on request.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP65-66
-50C to 40C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T3
94/9/EC (ATEX)
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Nr. 2 entries diam. M25
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Halogen lamp included or LED, replacing the incandescent lamp
Lamps
70W, LEDs 9W (ref. table below)
Lamps Wattage
Fixing flange available upon request
Accessories
Lighting fixtures for tank inspections

Type
EVCC-PR2/HA 70
EVCC-PR3/HA 70
EVde-PR9/LED
Code
Lamp
(W)
A.0414.52 70 (old 100W inc)
A.0414.53 70 (old 100W inc)
A.0416.55
9W
Lamp
Type
Halogen (Energy saver)
Halogen (Energy saver)
LEDs
Voltage
230V
230V
90-264V
Dimension
AxC
163 x 152
195 x 168
195 x 168
Weight
kg
3.10
4.40
5.00
Dimensions
167
Lighting
EVA Series
The EVA luminaire is manufactured in copper free aluminium and
designed for use as a hand-lamp, complete with handle made of
insulating material, protection guard and halogen lamp.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP65-66
-50C to 60C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135C / T200C
94/9/EC (ATEX)
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Nr. 1 entry with cable gland PAT2
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Halogen lamp included
Lamps
42 or 70 watt
Lamps Wattage
transformer 240/24V 100VA available upon request
Accessories
Dimensions
Hand lamp for halogen lamps

with transformer 240/24V 100VA
HAND LAMP for halogen Lamp (replacing the incandescent lamp)
Type
Code
EVA-2/HA 42 (EVP 60)

A.0413.12
EVA-2/HA 70 (EVP 100) A.0413.13
168
Lamp
W
Lamp
Type
Voltage
V
Weight
kg
42 (old 60W inc)

70 (old 100W inc)

230V
230V
3.10
4.40
Lighting
TNCLS
The TNCLS range of Ex em LED backlights are designed for use to
illuminate level gauges in all kinds of industry where an explosive
atmosphere may be present. TNCLS offers a long life, low maintenance
LED solution to enable the operator to accurately read the level through
the gauge glass.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals

IP66
-20C to + 45C (T4)
- Atex
Standards
Ex-Code
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-18

1
18
Ex em II T4
II 2 G
Surface treatment
Earthing
Cable entry
Power
comsumption
Voltage
Frequency
Humidity
Terminals
Lumination colour
Acidized
M6 inside and outside
Max. 2xM25 in top and / or bottom, and/or sides
Approx. 3VA per module
220-240VAC or 254VAC
50-60 Hz
100%
Minimum 4x2.5 m
Yellow
Total length
(A) mm
Light exposure
(B) mm
2.3
Size-qty.
modules
27-1
270
250
Weight
kg
2.3
300
280
2.5
Size-qty.
modules
Total length
(A) mm
Light exposure
(B) mm
Weight
kg
27-1
270
250
30-1
300
280
2.5
30-1
34-1
340
320
2.7
34-1
340
320
2.7
36-1
360
340
2.8
36-1
360
340
2.8
27-2
540
520
4.3
27-2
540
520
4.3
30-2
600
580
4.6
30-2
600
580
4.6
34-2
680
660
5.1
34-2
680
660
5.1
5.3
36-2
720
700
5.3
790
6.2
27-3
810
790
6.2
36-2
27-3
720
810
700
30-3
900
880
6.7
30-3
900
880
6.7
34-3
1020
1000
7.3
34-3
1020
1000
7.3
36-3
1080
1060
7.5
36-3
1080
1060
7.5
30-4
1200
1180
8.5
30-4
1200
1180
8.5
Several units can be assembles to one column
Dimensions
Type key: TNCLS L-X

L = Module lendth
X = No. of modules
Total length: A = L*X
Other sizes upon request
169
170
TRCG Series
Polyamid Ex e/i cable gland
TRCG Series
Polyamid Ex e plugs
TRCG Series
Nickel-plated brass, Ex e cable glands
PAP Series
Double seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PNA Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSF Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Female, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSM Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Male, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBD Series
Double seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBS Series
Single seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PDB Series
Double seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSB Series
Single seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBAX Series
Single seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PND Series
Double seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PNS Series
Single seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PABAX Series
Double seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PMS Series
Single seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
172
173
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
Double seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
202
Fitting Accessories
205
PMD Series
171

TRCG
Polyamid cable gland with metric threads for use in Ex e enclosure,
with high IP rating.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Polyamid
IP68
-35C to +95C
- Atex
LCIE 07ATEX6082X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex e
Included
Metric, pitch 1.5
Other threads PG/NPT
Light blue colour for use in Ex i circuits
Lock nut
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Thread
Version on
Request
Accessories
Reference
Accessories
Clamping
range
H
(mm)
E
(mm)
L
(mm)
Ex e (black)
Ex i (blue)
M16
5.0 - 8.0
19
10
37
TRCG12M16099
TRCG12M16095
50
TRCG32M16000
M16
5.0 - 10.0
22
10
39
TRCG12M16119
TRCG12M16115
50
TRCG32M16000
M20
7.0 - 12.0
24
10
40
TRCG12M20139
TRCG12M20135
50
TRCG32M20000
M20
10.0 - 14.0
27
10
43
TRCG12M20169
TRCG12M20165
50
TRCG32M20000
M25
10.0 - 14.0
27
10
45
TRCG12M25169
TRCG12M25165
50
TRCG32M25000
M25
12.0 - 18.0
33
10
49
TRCG12M25219
TRCG12M25215
20
TRCG32M25000
M32
16.0 - 25.0
42
10
52
TRCG12M32009
TRCG12M32005
20
TRCG32M32000
M40
22.0 - 32.0
53
10
62
TRCG12M40009
TRCG12M40005
10
TRCG32M40009
M50
28.0 - 38.5
60
12
67
TRCG12M50009
TRCG12M50005
TRCG32M50009
M63
40.0 - 48.0
70
12
68
TRCG12M63009
TRCG12M63005
TRCG32M63009
Threads
H = SW = Key size
Drawing
172
Packing
Lock nuts

Plug
Polyamid plug with metric threads for use in Ex e enclosure,
with high IP rating.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Polyamid
IP68
-20C to +55C
- Atex
LCIE 03ATEX0033U
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex e
Included
Metric, pitch 1.5
Other threads PG
Lock nut
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
Reference
Threads
H
(mm)
E
(mm)
L
(mm)
Ex e (black)
M16
20
12.0
TRCG22M16009
M20
26
13.0
TRCG22M20009
50
TRCG32M20000
M25
32
10
15.0
TRCG22M25009
25
TRCG32M25000
M32
40
11
16.5
TRCG22M32009
15
TRCG32M32000
M40
48
12
18.0
TRCG22M40009
10
TRCG32M40009
M50
55
13
21.0
TRCG22M50009
10
TRCG32M50009
M63
70
15
24.5
TRCG22M63009
10
TRCG32M63009
Packing
Lock nuts
50
TRCG32M16000
Drawing
173

TRCG
Nickel-plated brass cable gland with metric threads for use in Ex e
enclosure, with high IP rating.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass nickel plated

IP66 and IP68
-40C to +100C
- Atex
LCIE 03ATEX6400X
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex e
Included
Nickel-plated
Metric, pitch 1.5
Other threads PG/NPT
Lock nut
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
Threads
Clamping
range
H
(mm)
E
(mm)
L
(mm)
Reference
Packing
M12
4,5 - 6,5
14
25
TRCG12M12000
50
M16
5 - 9,5
17
28
TRCG12M16000
50
M20
8 - 13
22
32
TRCG12M20000
50
M25
9 - 16
27
35
TRCG12M22000
20
M32
12 - 21
34
38
TRCG12M32000
20
M40
16 - 27
42
41
TRCG12M40000
20
M50
23 - 35
55
46
TRCG12M50000
10
36 - 48
65
10
54
TRCG12M63000
M63
H = SW = Key size
Drawing
174
175

PAP
Double seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome
plated brass, hexagon shape, anti-ageing EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PAP- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone
21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass (alternative AISI316L, aluminium)

IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
INERIS 02ATEX0084
TV: AEX-11632-X
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Gaskets
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless Steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Version on
Example PAP-1-A1/304
Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316L: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PAP-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PAP-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently in offer or in order acknowledgement)
Note
The cable glands for armoured cables are suitable for armour thickness up to 1.25mm.
Armours thicker than 1.26mm is available upon request
176

PAP
Type
Cable
under
armour
(inner seal)
Cable
overall External
diameter cable
(outer seal)
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
Size
Code
UNI 6125
Size
PAP-1/A1B1
6-9
8-11
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.18 Uni 6125
PAP-1/A1B2
6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.19 Uni 6125
PAP-1/A2B3
9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.21 Uni 6125
PAP-2/A1B1
6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.23 Uni 6125
PAP-2/A2B1
9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.24 Uni 6125
PAP-2/A3B2
11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.27 Uni 6125
PAP-2/A4B3
14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.28 Uni 6125
PAP-3/A1B1
14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.21 Uni 6125 1
NPT
Code
Size
A.1801.01 NPT
A.1801.02 NPT
Code
A.1801.51
A.1801.03 NPT
A.1802.01 NPT
A.1801.53
A.1802.02 NPT
A.1802.03 NPT
A.1802.52
A.1802.04 NPT
A.1803.01 NPT 1
A.1802.54
A.1803.02 NPT 1
A.1803.03 NPT 1
A.1803.52
A.1801.52
A.1802.51
A.1802.53
A.1803.51
PAP-3/A2B2
17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.22 Uni 6125 1
PAP-3/A3B3
20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.23 Uni 6125 1
PAP-5/A2B2
23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
A.1805.52
PAP-5/A3B3
26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1805.22 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1805.02 NPT 1 1/2

M50 A.1805.23 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1805.03 NPT 1 1/2
PAP-5/A4B4
29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
A.1805.54
PAP-5/A5B5
32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1805.24 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1805.04 NPT 1 1/2

M50 A.1805.25 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1805.05 NPT 1 1/2
PAP-6/A2B2
36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1806.22 Uni 6125 2
PAP-6/A3B3
39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1806.23 Uni 6125 2
PAP-6/A4B4
42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
PAP-7/A2B2
44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-7/A3B3
48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-7/A4B4
52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
A.1806.04 NPT 2
M75 A.1807.22 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1807.02 NPT 2 1/2
M75 A.1807.23 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1807.03 NPT 2 1/2
M75 A.1807.24 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1807.04 NPT 2 1/2
PAP-7/A5B4
56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-8/A4B4
56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1808.24 Uni 6125 3
PAP-8/A5B5
59-63
67-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1808.25 Uni 6125 3
PAP-8/A6B6
63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
PAP-8/A7B7
67-71
73-11
79
100 71
32
103 93
A.1806.02 NPT 2
A.1806.03 NPT 2
M63 A.1806.24 Uni 6125 2
M75 A.1807.25 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1807.05 NPT 2 1/2

A.1808.04 NPT 3
A.1803.53
A.1805.53
A.1805.55
A.1806.52
A.1806.53
A.1806.54
A.1807.52
A.1807.53
A.1807.54
A.1807.55
A.1808.54
M80 A.1808.26 Uni 6125 3
A.1808.05 NPT 3
A.1808.06 NPT 3
A.1808.55
A.1808.56
M80 A.1808.27 Uni 6125 3
A.1808.07 NPT 3
A.1808.57
Dimensions
177

PNA
Single seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome
plated brass, hexagon shape, anti-ageing EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PNA- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PNA-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Steinless steel AISI 316L: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PNA-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will
assume the ending Al. Example PNA-1-A1/Al
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Note
178

PNA
Type
Cable
under
armour
External
cable
(inner seal)
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
UNI 6125
NPT
PNA-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.1501.23
Size
UNI 6125
Code
A.1501.01
Size
NPT 1/2
Code
A.1501.51
PNA-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.1501.24
UNI 6125
A.1501.02
NPT 1/2
PNA-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.21
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1502.01
NPT 3/4
A.1501.52
A.1502.51
PNA-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.22
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1502.02
NPT 3/4
A.1502.52
PNA-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.23
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1502.03
NPT 3/4
A.1502.53
PNA-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.24
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1502.04
NPT 3/4
A.1502.54
PNA-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.21
UNI 6125 1
A.1503.01
NPT 1
A.1503.51
PNA-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.22
UNI 6125 1
A.1503.02
NPT 1
A.1503.52
PNA-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.23
UNI 6125 1
A.1503.03
NPT 1
A.1503.53
PNA-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.22
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1505.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.1505.52
PNA-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.23
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1505.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.1505.53
PNA-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.24
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1505.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.1505.54
PNA-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.25
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1505.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.1505.55
PNA-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.22
UNI 6125 2
A.1506.02
NPT 2
A.1506.52
PNA-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.23
UNI 6125 2
A.1506.03
NPT 2
A.1506.53
PNA-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.24
UNI 6125 2
A.1506.04
NPT 2
A.1506.54
PNA-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.22
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1507.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.1507.52
PNA-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.23
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1507.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.1507.53
PNA-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.24
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1507.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.1507.54
PNA-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.25
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1507.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.1507.55
PNA-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.24
UNI 6125 3
A.1508.04
NPT 3
A.1508.54
PNA-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.25
UNI 6125 3
A.1508.05
NPT 3
A.1508.55
PNA-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.26
UNI 6125 3
A.1508.06
NPT 3
A.1508.56
PNA-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.27
UNI 6125 3
A.1508.07
NPT 3
A.1508.57
Dimensions
179

PSF
Single seal through male-female cable glands for unarmoured cable,
suitable for assembling side by side 2 enclosures: Ex d / Ex d or Ex d / Ex
e by adding a rigid or flexible conduit to the cable gland. Nickel-chrome
plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-ageing EPDM gaskets.
PSF- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Gaskets
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PSF-1-A1/304
Example PSF-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSF-1-A1/Al
Accessories
Note
Female sleeve cilindric ISO 228
Note
180

PSF
Type
PSF-1/A1
Cable
overall
diameter
Free
conpling
threading
6-9
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
73
B
53
C
20
D
33
E
30
Size
M20
Code
A.2821.01
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125
Code
A.2801.01
NPT
Size
NPT
Code
A.2811.01
PSF-1/A2
9-12
73
53
20
33
30
M20
A.2821.02
UNI 6125
A.2801.02
NPT
A.2811.02
PSF-2/A1
6-9
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.01
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2802.01
NPT 3/4
A.2812.01
PSF-2/A2
9-12
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.02
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2802.02
NPT 3/4
A.2812.02
PSF-2/A3
11-14
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.03
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2802.03
NPT 3/4
A.2812.03
PSF-2/A4
14-17
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.04
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2802.04
NPT 3/4
A.2812.04
PSF-3/A1
14-17
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.01
UNI 6125 1
A.2803.01
NPT 1
A.2813.01
PSF-3/A2
17-20
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.02
UNI 6125 1
A.2803.02
NPT 1
A.2813.02
PSF-3/A3
20-23
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.03
UNI 6125 1
A.2803.03
NPT 1
A.2813.03
PSF-5/A2
23-26
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2805.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.2815.02
PSF-5/A3
26-29
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2805.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.2815.03
PSF-5/A4
29-32
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2805.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.2815.04
PSF-5/A5
32-36
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2805.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.2815.05
PSF-6/A2
36-39
M63
A.2826.02
UNI 6125 2
A.2806.02
NPT 2
A.2816.02
PSF-6/A3
39-42
PSF-6/A4
42-46
On request
M63
A.2826.03
UNI 6125 2
A.2806.03
NPT 2
A.2816.03
M63
A.2826.04
UNI 6125 2
A.2806.04
NPT 2
A.2816.04
PSF-7/A2
44-48
M75
A.2827.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2807.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.2817.02
PSF-7/A3
48-52
M75
A.2827.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2807.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.2817.03
PSF-7/A4
52-56
PSF-7/A5
56-60
On request
M75
A.2827.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2807.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.2817.04
M75
A.2827.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2807.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.2817.05
PSF-8/A4
56-60
M80
A.2828.04
UNI 6125 3
A.2808.04
NPT 3
A.2818.04
PSF-8/A5
59-63
M80
A.2828.05
UNI 6125 3
A.2808.05
NPT 3
A.2818.05
PSF-8/A6
63-67
PSF-8/A7
67-71
On request
M80
A.2828.06
UNI 6125 3
A.2808.06
NPT 3
A.2818.06
M80
A.2828.07
UNI 6125 3
A.2808.07
NPT 3
A.2818.07
Dimensions
181

PSM
Single seal through male-male cable glands for unaroumred cable, suitable for assembling side by side 2 enclosures: Ex d/Ex d or Ex d/Ex e by
adding a rigid or flexible conduit to the cable gland. Nickel-chrome plated
brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-ageing EPDM gaskets.
PSM- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Accessories
Example PSM-1-A1/304
Example PSM-1-A1/316
Example PSM-1-A1/Al
Note
Free nipple is always UNI 6125 threaded
Note
Version on Request
182

PSM
Type
PSM-1/A1
Cable
Free
overall
nipple
diameter threading
6-9
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
90
70
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125
Code
A.2901.01
NPT
Size
NPT
Code
A.2911.01
PSM-1/A2
9-12
90
70
20
33
30
M20
UNI 6125
A.2901.02
NPT
A.2911.02
PSM-2/A1
6-9
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2902.01
NPT 3/4
A.2912.01
PSM-2/A2
9-12
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2902.02
NPT 3/4
A.2912.02
PSM-2/A3
11-14
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2902.03
NPT 3/4
A.2912.03
PSM-2/A4
14-17
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4
A.2902.04
NPT 3/4
A.2912.04
PSM-3/A1
14-17
104 79
25
49
44
M32
UNI 6125 1
A.2903.01
NPT 1
A.2913.01
PSM-3/A2
PSM-3/A3
17-20
20-23
1
1
104 79
104 79
25
25
49
49
44
44
M32
M32
UNI 6125 1
UNI 6125 1
A.2903.02
A.2903.03
NPT 1
NPT 1
A.2913.02
A.2913.03
PSM-5/A2
23-26
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2905.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.2915.02
PSM-5/A3
26-29
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2905.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.2915.03
PSM-5/A4
29-32
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2905.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.2915.04
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.2905.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.2915.05
M63
UNI 6125 2
A.2906.02
NPT 2
A.2916.02
M63
UNI 6125 2
A.2906.03
NPT 2
A.2916.03
M63
UNI 6125 2
A.2906.04
NPT 2
A.2916.04
PSM-5/A5
32-36
PSM-6/A2
36-39
PSM-6/A3
39-42
PSM-6/A4
42-46
On request
PSM-7/A2
44-48
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2907.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.2917.02
PSM-7/A3
48-52
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2907.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.2917.03
PSM-7/A4
52-56
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2907.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.2917.04
PSM-7/A5
56-60
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.2907.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.2917.05
PSM-8/A4
56-60
M80
UNI 6125 3
A.2908.04
NPT 3
A.2918.04
PSM-8/A5
59-63
M80
UNI 6125 3
A.2908.05
NPT 3
A.2918.05
PSM-8/A6
63-67
M80
UNI 6125 3
A.2908.06
NPT 3
A.2918.06
PSM-8/A7
67-71
M80
UNI 6125 3
A.2908.07
NPT 3
A.2918.07
On request
On request
Dimensions
183
PBD
Double seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
earth continuity between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-ageing
EPDM gaskets.
PDB- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certificate

INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Surface treatment
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Example PBD-1-A1/304
Example PBD-1-A1/316
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PBD-1-A1/Al
Accessories
184

PBD
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
Cable
overall
diameter
(2nd insulation (1st insulation)
PBD-1/A1B1
8-11
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
85
65
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.5021.01
UNI 6125
Size
Uni 6125
NPT
Code
A.5001.01
NPT
Size
A.5011.01
Code
NPT
A.5011.02
PBD-1/A1B2
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5021.02
Uni 6125
A.5001.02
PBD-1/A2B3
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5021.03
Uni 6125
A.5001.03
NPT
A.5011.03
PBD-2/A1B1
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.01
Uni 6125
A.5002.01
NPT
A.5012.01
NPT
A.5012.02
PBD-2/A2B1
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.02
Uni 6125
A.5002.02
PBD-2/A3B2
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.03
Uni 6125
A.5002.03
NPT
A.5012.03
PBD-2/A4B3
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.04
Uni 6125
A.5002.04
NPT
A.5012.04
PBD-3/A1B1
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.01
Uni 6125 1
A.5003.01
NPT 1
A.5013.01
PBD-3/A2B2
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.02
Uni 6125 1
A.5003.02
NPT 1
A.5013.02
A.5003.03
NPT 1
A.5013.03
PBD-3/A3B3
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.03
Uni 6125 1
PBD-5/A2B2
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.02
Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5005.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.5015.02
PBD-5/A3B3
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.03
Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5005.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.5015.03
PBD-5/A4B4
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.04
Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5005.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.5015.04
PBD-5/A5B5
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.05
Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5005.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.5015.05
PBD-6/A2B2
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.02
Uni 6125 2
A.5006.02
NPT 2
A.5016.02
PBD-6/A3B3
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.03
Uni 6125 2
A.5006.03
NPT 2
A.5016.03
A.5006.04
PBD-6/A4B4
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.04
Uni 6125 2
PBD-7/A2B2
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.02
Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5007.02
NPT 2
A.5016.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.5017.02
PBD-7/A3B3
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.03
Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5007.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.5017.03
PBD-7/A4B4
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.04
Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5007.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.5017.04
PBD-7/A5B4
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.05
Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5007.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.5017.05
PBD-8/A4B4
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.04
Uni 6125 3
NPT 3
A.5018.04
A.5008.04
PBD-8/A5B5
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.05
Uni 6125 3
A.5008.05
NPT 3
A.5018.05
PBD-8/A6B6
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.06
Uni 6125 3
A.5008.06
NPT 3
A.5018.06
PBD-8/A7B7
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.07
Uni 6125 3
A.5008.07
NPT 3
A.5018.07
Dimensions
185

PBS
Single seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
EPDM gaskets.
PBS- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
186
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Example PBS-1-A1/304
Example PBS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume
the ending Al. Example PBS-1-A1/Al

PBS
Cable
under
armour
External
cable
(inner seal)
Type
PBS-1/A1
6-9
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
Size
62
42
20
33
30 Metrico M20
Code
A.1891.01
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125
Code
A.1871.01
NPT
Size
NPT 1/2
Code
A.1881.01
PBS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30 Metrico M20
A.1891.02
UNI 6125
A.1871.02
NPT 1/2
A.1881.02
PBS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.01
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1872.01
NPT 3/4
A.1882.01
PBS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.02
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1872.02
NPT 3/4
A.1882.02
PBS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.03
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1872.03
NPT 3/4
A.1882.03
PBS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.04
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1872.04
NPT 3/4
A.1882.04
PBS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.01
UNI 6125 1
A.1873.01
NPT 1
A.1883.01
PBS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.02
UNI 6125 1
A.1873.02
NPT 1
A.1883.02
A.1883.03
PBS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.03
UNI 6125 1
A.1873.03
NPT 1
PBS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1875.02
NPT 1 1/2 A.1885.02
PBS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1875.03
NPT 1 1/2 A.1885.03
PBS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1875.04
NPT 1 1/2 A.1885.04
PBS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1875.05
NPT 1 1/2 A.1885.05
PBS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.02
UNI 6125 2
A.1876.02
NPT 2
A.1886.02
PBS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.03
UNI 6125 2
A.1876.03
NPT 2
A.1886.03
A.1886.04
PBS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.04
UNI 6125 2
A.1876.04
NPT 2
PBS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1877.02
NPT 2 1/2 A.1887.02
PBS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1877.03
NPT 2 1/2 A.1887.03
PBS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1877.04
NPT 2 1/2 A.1887.04
PBS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1877.05
NPT 2 1/2 A.1887.05
PBS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.04
UNI 6125 3
A.1878.04
NPT 3
A.1888.04
PBS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.05
UNI 6125 3
A.1878.05
NPT 3
A.1888.05
PBS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.06
UNI 6125 3
A.1878.06
NPT 3
A.1888.06
PBS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.07
UNI 6125 3
A.1878.07
NPT 3
A.1888.07
Dimensions
187

PDB
Double seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cable. It guarantees
EPDM gaskets.
PDB- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Example PDB-1-A1/304
Example PDB-1-A1/316
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PDB-1-A1/Al
Accessories
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass
made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
188

PDB
Cable
under
armour
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
External
cable
(inner seal) (outer seal)
PDB-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
85
65
20
33
30
THREAD TYPE
UNI 6125
Size
Size
Code
M20 A.1831.01 Uni 6125
Code
NPT
Size
A.1811.01 NPT
Code
A.1821.01
PDB-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1831.02 Uni 6125
A.1811.02 NPT
A.1821.02
PDB-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1831.03 Uni 6125
A.1811.03 NPT
A.1821.03
PDB-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.01 Uni 6125
A.1812.01 NPT
A.1822.01
PDB-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.02 Uni 6125
A.1812.02 NPT
A.1822.02
PDB-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.03 Uni 6125
A.1812.03 NPT
A.1822.03
PDB-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.04 Uni 6125
A.1812.04 NPT
A.1822.04
PDB-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.01 Uni 6125 1
A.1813.01 NPT 1
A.1823.01
PDB-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.02 Uni 6125 1
A.1813.02 NPT 1
A.1823.02
PDB-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.03 Uni 6125 1
A.1813.03 NPT 1
A.1823.03
PDB-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1815.02 NPT 1 1/2 A.1825.02
PDB-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1815.03 NPT 1 1/2 A.1825.03
PDB-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1815.04 NPT 1 1/2 A.1825.04
PDB-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.1815.05 NPT 1 1/2 A.1825.05
PDB-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.02 Uni 6125 2
A.1816.02 NPT 2
A.1826.02
PDB-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.03 Uni 6125 2
A.1816.03 NPT 2
A.1826.03
PDB-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.04 Uni 6125 2
A.1816.04 NPT 2
A.1826.04
PDB-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1817.02 NPT 2 1/2 A.1827.02
PDB-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1817.03 NPT 2 1/2 A.1827.03
PDB-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1817.04 NPT 2 1/2 A.1827.04
PDB-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.1817.05 NPT 2 1/2 A.1827.05
PDB-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.04 Uni 6125 3
A.1818.04 NPT 3
A.1828.04
PDB-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.05 Uni 6125 3
A.1818.05 NPT 3
A.1828.05
PDB-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.06 Uni 6125 3
A.1818.06 NPT 3
A.1828.06
PDB-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.07 Uni 6125 3
A.1818.07 NPT 3
A.1828.07
Dimensions
189

PSB
Single seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cables. It guarantees
EPDM gaskets.
PSB-... Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Accessories
Note
190
Example PSB-1-A1/304
Example PSB-1-A1/316
Example PSB-1-A1/Al
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

PSB
Cable
under
armour
External
cable
(inner seal)
Type
PSB-1/A1
6-9
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.5121.01
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125
Code
A.5101.01
NPT
Size
NPT 1/2
Code
A.5111.01
PSB-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5121.02
UNI 6125
A.5101.02
NPT 1/2
A.5111.02
PSB-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.01
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5102.01
NPT 3/4
A.5112.01
PSB-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.02
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5102.02
NPT 3/4
A.5112.02
PSB-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.03
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5102.03
NPT 3/4
A.5112.03
PSB-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.04
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5102.04
NPT 3/4
A.5112.04
PSB-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.01
UNI 6125 1
A.5103.01
NPT 1
A.5113.01
PSB-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.02
UNI 6125 1
A.5103.02
NPT 1
A.5113.02
A.5103.03
PSB-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.03
UNI 6125 1
PSB-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2 A.5105.02
NPT 1
A.5113.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.5115.02
PSB-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2 A.5105.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.5115.03
PSB-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2 A.5105.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.5115.04
PSB-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2 A.5105.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.5115.05
PSB-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.02
UNI 6125 2
NPT 2
A.5116.02
A.5106.02
PSB-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.03
UNI 6125 2
A.5106.03
NPT 2
A.5116.03
PSB-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.04
UNI 6125 2
A.5106.04
NPT 2
A.5116.04
PSB-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2 A.5107.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.5117.02
PSB-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2 A.5107.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.5117.03
PSB-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2 A.5107.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.5117.04
PSB-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2 A.5107.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.5117.05
PSB-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.04
UNI 6125 3
A.5108.04
NPT 3
A.5118.04
PSB-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.05
UNI 6125 3
A.5108.05
NPT 3
A.5118.05
PSB-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.06
UNI 6125 3
A.5108.06
NPT 3
A.5118.06
PSB-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.07
UNI 6125 3
A.5108.07
NPT 3
A.5118.07
Dimensions
191

PBAX
Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables. Nickelchrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-ageing EPDM
gaskets.
PBAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a separate kit.
PBAX-... Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Gaskets
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on
Request
Accessories
Example PBAX-1-A1/304
Example PBAX-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PBAX-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands barrier
type size 1 to 3.
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Note
192

PBAX
Cable
under
armour
External
cable
(inner seal)
Size
Code
PBAX-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5321.01
UNI 6125
A.5301.01
NPT 1/2
A.5311.01
PBAX-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5321.02
UNI 6125
A.5301.02
NPT 1/2
A.5311.02
Type
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
UNI 6125
Size
NPT
Code
Size
Code
PBAX-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.01
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5302.01
NPT 3/4
A.5312.01
PBAX-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.02
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5302.02
NPT 3/4
A.5312.02
PBAX-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.03
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5302.03
NPT 3/4
A.5312.03
PBAX-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.04
UNI 6125 3/4
A.5302.04
NPT 3/4
A.5312.04
PBAX-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.01
UNI 6125 1
A.5303.01
NPT 1
A.5313.01
PBAX-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.02
UNI 6125 1
A.5303.02
NPT 1
A.5313.02
PBAX-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.03
UNI 6125 1
A.5303.03
NPT 1
A.5313.03
PBAX-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5305.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.5315.02
PBAX-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5305.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.5315.03
PBAX-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5305.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.5315.04
PBAX-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5305.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.5315.05
PBAX-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.02
UNI 6125 2
A.5306.02
NPT 2
A.5316.02
PBAX-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.03
UNI 6125 2
A.5306.03
NPT 2
A.5316.03
PBAX-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.04
UNI 6125 2
A.5306.04
NPT 2
A.5316.04
PBAX-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5307.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.5317.02
PBAX-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5307.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.5317.03
PBAX-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5307.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.5317.04
PBAX-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5307.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.5317.05
PBAX-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.04
UNI 6125 3
A.5308.04
NPT 3
A.5318.04
PBAX-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.05
UNI 6125 3
A.5308.05
NPT 3
A.5318.05
PBAX-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.06
UNI 6125 3
A.5308.06
NPT 3
A.5318.06
PBAX-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.07
UNI 6125 3
A.5308.07
NPT 3
A.5318.07
Dimensions
193

PND
Double seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables.
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant antiageing EPDM gaskets.
PND-... Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 &
2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex-code
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Gaskets
Metric pitch 1.5
Thread
UNI 6125
Example PND-1-A1/304
Example PND-1-A1/316
the type number will assume the ending Al. Example PND-1-A1/Al
Accessories
194

PND
Cable
overall
diameter
Type
(2nd insulation)
PND-1/A1B1 6-9
Cable
External
overall
cable
diameter
(1st insulation)
F
8-11
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
85
65
20
33
30
UNI 6125
Size
Code
Size
M20 A.5221.01 Uni 6125
Code
A.5201.01
NPT
Size
NPT
Code
A.5211.01
PND-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5221.02 Uni 6125
A.5201.02
NPT
A.5211.02
PND-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5221.03 Uni 6125
A.5201.03
NPT
A.5211.03
PND-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.01 Uni 6125
A.5202.01
NPT
A.5212.01
PND-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.02 Uni 6125
A.5202.02
NPT
A.5212.02
PND-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.03 Uni 6125
A.5202.03
NPT
A.5212.03
PND-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.04 Uni 6125
A.5202.04
NPT
A.5212.04
PND-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.01 Uni 6125 1
A.5203.01
NPT 1
A.5213.01
PND-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.02 Uni 6125 1
A.5203.02
NPT 1
A.5213.02
PND-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.03 Uni 6125 1
A.5203.03
NPT 1
A.5213.03
PND-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5205.02
NPT 1 1/2 A.5215.02
PND-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5205.03
NPT 1 1/2 A.5215.03
PND-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5205.04
NPT 1 1/2 A.5215.04

NPT 1 1/2 A.5215.05
PND-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5205.05
PND-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.02 Uni 6125 2
A.5206.02
NPT 2
A.5216.02
PND-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.03 Uni 6125 2
A.5206.03
NPT 2
A.5216.03
PND-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.04 Uni 6125 2
A.5206.04
NPT 2
A.5216.04
PND-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5207.02
NPT 2 1/2 A.5217.02
PND-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5207.03
NPT 2 1/2 A.5217.03
PND-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5207.04
NPT 2 1/2 A.5217.04
PND-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5207.05
NPT 2 1/2 A.5217.05
PND-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.04 Uni 6125 3
A.5208.04
NPT 3
A.5218.04
PND-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.05 Uni 6125 3
A.5208.05
NPT 3
A.5218.05
PND-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.06 Uni 6125 3
A.5208.06
NPT 3
A.5218.06
PND-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.07 Uni 6125 3
A.5208.07
NPT 3
A.5218.07
Dimensions
195

PNS
Single seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Nickel-chrome
plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-ageing EPDM gaskets.
PNS-... Series cable glands are used in classified Area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Gaskets
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Example PNS-1-A1/304
Example PNS-1-A1/316
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PNS-1-A1/Al
Accessories
196

PNS
Type
PNS-1/A1
Cable
External
overall
cable
diameter
(outer seal)
F
Size
6-9
62
42
20
33
30
M20
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
Code
A.1701.21
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125
NPT
Code
A.1701.01
Size
Code
NPT 1/2
A.1701.51
PNS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.1701.22
UNI 6125
A.1701.02
NPT 1/2
A.1701.52
PNS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.21
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1702.01
NPT 3/4
A.1702.51
PNS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.22
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1702.02
NPT 3/4
A.1702.52
PNS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.23
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1702.03
NPT 3/4
A.1702.53
PNS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.24
UNI 6125 3/4
A.1702.04
NPT 3/4
A.1702.54
PNS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.21
UNI 6125 1
A.1703.01
NPT 1
A.1703.51
PNS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.22
UNI 6125 1
A.1703.02
NPT 1
A.1703.52
PNS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.23
UNI 6125 1
A.1703.03
NPT 1
A.1703.53
PNS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.22
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1705.02
NPT 1 1/2
A.1705.52
PNS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.23
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1705.03
NPT 1 1/2
A.1705.53
PNS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.24
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1705.04
NPT 1 1/2
A.1705.54
PNS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.25
UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.1705.05
NPT 1 1/2
A.1705.55
PNS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.22
UNI 6125 2
A.1706.02
NPT 2
A.1706.52
PNS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.23
UNI 6125 2
A.1706.03
NPT 2
A.1706.53
PNS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.24
UNI 6125 2
A.1706.04
NPT 2
A.1706.54
PNS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.22
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1707.02
NPT 2 1/2
A.1707.52
PNS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.23
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1707.03
NPT 2 1/2
A.1707.53
PNS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.24
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1707.04
NPT 2 1/2
A.1707.54
PNS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.25
UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.1707.05
NPT 2 1/2
A.1707.55
PNS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.24
UNI 6125 3
A.1708.04
NPT 3
A.1708.54
PNS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.25
UNI 6125 3
A.1708.05
NPT 3
A.1708.55
PNS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.26
UNI 6125 3
A.1708.06
NPT 3
A.1708.56
PNS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.27
UNI 6125 3
A.1708.07
NPT 3
A.1708.57
Dimensions
197

PABAX
Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables.
EPDM gaskets.
PABAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a separate kit.
PABAX- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Example PABAX-1-A1/304
Example PABAX-1-A1/316
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PABAX-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to
35 cable glands barrier type size 1 to 3.
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome
plated brass made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Note
198

PABAX
Type
Cable
under
armour
Cable
overall
diameter
External
cable
(inner seal) (outer seal)
PABAX-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
85
65
20
33
30
Size
Code
UNI 6125
Size
M20 A.5521.01 Uni 6125
NPT
Code
Size
A.5501.01 NPT
Code
A.5511.01
PABAX-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.5521.02 Uni 6125
A.5501.02 NPT
A.5511.02
PABAX-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.5521.03 Uni 6125
A.5501.03 NPT
A.5511.03
PABAX-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.01 Uni 6125
A.5502.01 NPT
A.5512.01
PABAX-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.02 Uni 6125
A.5502.02 NPT
A.5512.02
PABAX-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.03 Uni 6125
A.5502.03 NPT
A.5512.03
PABAX-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.04 Uni 6125
A.5502.04 NPT
A.5512.04
PABAX-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.01 Uni 6125 1
A.5503.01 NPT 1
A.5513.01
PABAX-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.02 Uni 6125 1
A.5503.02 NPT 1
A.5513.02
PABAX-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.03 Uni 6125 1
A.5503.03 NPT 1
A.5513.03
PABAX-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2
A.5505.02 NPT 1 1/2 A.5515.02
PABAX-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2
A.5505.03 NPT 1 1/2 A.5515.03
PABAX-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2
A.5505.04 NPT 1 1/2 A.5515.04
PABAX-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2
A.5505.05 NPT 1 1/2 A.5515.05
PABAX-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.02 Uni 6125 2
A.5506.02 NPT 2
A.5516.02
PABAX-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.03 Uni 6125 2
A.5506.03 NPT 2
A.5516.03
PABAX-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.04 Uni 6125 2
A.5506.04 NPT 2
A.5516.04
PABAX-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2
A.5507.02 NPT 2 1/2 A.5517.02
PABAX-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2
A.5507.03 NPT 2 1/2 A.5517.03
PABAX-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2
A.5507.04 NPT 2 1/2 A.5517.04
PABAX-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2
A.5507.05 NPT 2 1/2 A.5517.05
PABAX-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.04 Uni 6125 3
A.5508.04 NPT 3
A.5518.04
PABAX-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.05 Uni 6125 3
A.5508.05 NPT 3
A.5518.05
PABAX-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.06 Uni 6125 3
A.5508.06 NPT 3
A.5518.06
PABAX-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.07 Uni 6125 3
A.5508.07 NPT 3
A.5518.07
Dimensions
199

PMS
Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables.
EPDM gaskets.
PMS- is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a separate kit.
PMS- Series cable glands are used in classified area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Example PMS-1-A1/304
Example PMS-1-A1/316
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PMS-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
barrier type size 1 to 3. Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
200

PMS
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
External
cable
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
THREAD TYPE
UNI 6125
PMS-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Size
Code
A.5421.01 UNI 6125
A.5401.01
NPT 6125
A.5411.01
PMS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5421.02 UNI 6125
A.5401.02
NPT 6125
A.5411.02
PMS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.01 UNI 6125 3/4
A.5402.01
NPT 6125 3/4
A.5412.01
(outer seal)
Code
NPT
Thread type
Code
PMS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.02 UNI 6125 3/4
A.5402.02
NPT 6125 3/4
A.5412.02
PMS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.03 UNI 6125 3/4
A.5402.03
NPT 6125 3/4
A.5412.03
PMS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.04 UNI 6125 3/4
A.5402.04
NPT 6125 3/4
A.5412.04
PMS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.01 UNI 6125 1
A.5403.01
NPT 6125 1
A.5413.01
PMS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.02 UNI 6125 1
A.5403.02
NPT 6125 1
A.5413.02
PMS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.03 UNI 6125 1
A.5403.03
NPT 6125 1
A.5413.03
PMS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5405.02
NPT 6125 1
A.5415.02
PMS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5405.03
NPT 6125 1
A.5415.03
NPT 6125 1
A.5415.04
PMS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5405.04
PMS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2
A.5405.05
NPT 6125 1
A.5415.05
PMS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.02 UNI 6125 2
A.5406.02
NPT 6125 2
A.5416.02
PMS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.03 UNI 6125 2
A.5406.03
NPT 6125 2
A.5416.03
PMS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.04 UNI 6125 2
A.5406.04
NPT 6125 2
A.5416.04
PMS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5407.02
NPT 6125 2
A.5417.02
PMS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5407.03
NPT 6125 2
A.5417.03
PMS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5407.04
NPT 6125 2
A.5417.04
PMS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2
A.5407.05
NPT 6125 2
A.5417.05
PMS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.04 UNI 6125 3
A.5408.04
NPT 6125 3
A.5418.04
PMS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.05 UNI 6125 3
A.5408.05
NPT 6125 3
A.5418.05
PMS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.06 UNI 6125 3
A.5408.06
NPT 6125 3
A.5418.06
PMS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.07 UNI 6125 3
A.5408.07
NPT 6125 3
A.5418.07
Dimensions
201

PMD
Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets.
PMD- is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a separate kit.
PMD- Series cable glands are used in classified area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Brass
IP66
-50C to 110C
- Atex
- GOST
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
202
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex tD A21 IP66
EPDM
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Example PMD-1-A1/304
Example PMD-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PMD-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
barrier type size 1 to 3.

PMD
Cable
overall
diameter
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
External
cable
(2nd insulation) (1st insulation)
PMD-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
NPT
UNI 6125
Code
Size
Code
Size
Code
Size
M20 A.5621.01 Uni 6125
M20 A.5621.02 Uni 6125
A.5601.01 NPT
A.5601.02 NPT
M20 A.5621.03 Uni 6125

M25 A.5622.01 Uni 6125
A.5601.03 NPT
A.5602.01 NPT
A.5612.01
M25 A.5622.02 Uni 6125

M25 A.5622.03 Uni 6125
A.5602.02 NPT
A.5602.03 NPT
A.5612.03
M25 A.5622.04 Uni 6125

M32 A.5623.01 Uni 6125 1
M32 A.5623.02 Uni 6125 1
A.5602.04 NPT
A.5603.01 NPT 1
A.5603.02 NPT 1
A.5611.01
A.5611.02
A.5611.03
A.5612.02
A.5612.04
A.5613.01
A.5613.02
M32 A.5623.03 Uni 6125 1

A.5613.03
A.5603.03 NPT 1
M50 A.5625.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5605.02 NPT 1 1/2 A.5615.02
M50 A.5625.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5605.03 NPT 1 1/2 A.5615.03
M50 A.5625.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5605.04 NPT 1 1/2 A.5615.04
M50 A.5625.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2 A.5605.05 NPT 1 1/2 A.5615.05
M63 A.5626.02 Uni 6125 2
A.5616.02
A.5606.02 NPT 2
M63 A.5626.03 Uni 6125 2
M63 A.5626.04 Uni 6125 2
A.5606.03 NPT 2
A.5606.04 NPT 2
A.5616.03
A.5616.04
M75 A.5627.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5607.02 NPT 2 1/2 A.5617.02

M75 A.5627.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5607.03 NPT 2 1/2 A.5617.03
M75 A.5627.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5607.04 NPT 2 1/2 A.5617.04
M75 A.5627.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2 A.5607.05 NPT 2 1/2 A.5617.05
M80 A.5628.04 Uni 6125 3
A.5618.04
A.5608.04 NPT 3
M80 A.5628.05 Uni 6125 3
A.5618.05
A.5608.05 NPT 3
M80 A.5628.06 Uni 6125 3
M80 A.5628.07 Uni 6125 3
A.5608.06 NPT 3
A.5608.07 NPT 3
A.5618.06
A.5618.07
Dimensions
203
204

Fitting Accessories
Reducers provide a means of connection between equipment
with dissimilar thread sizes.
RE range of reducers: Larger External Male Thread/Smaller
Inner Female Thread
All the Reducers are designed for Ex d and Ex e mode of
protection. Different types and sizes are indicated on the
Reducer Selection Table
Specifications
Material
Thread
Galvanised steel
RE... Series:
Larger External Male Thread NPT/Smaller Inner Female Thread NPT

Larger External Male Thread UNI 6125/Smaller Inner Female Thread UNI 6125
Version on Request
Alternative materials are:

- Brass nickel chrome-plating finishing
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. 6%). Not suitable for Group I
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with

mechanically incision inscriptions
Selection Table
Code UNI 6125
Code NPT
Type
Size
Weight (kg)
A.0050.01
A.0050.61
RE 21
3/4 X 1/2
0.04
A.0050.02
A.0050.62
RE 31
1 X 1/2
0.08
A.0050.03
A.0050.63
RE 32
1 X 3/4
0.08
A.0050.07
A.0050.67
RE 51
1 X 1/2
0.27
A.0050.08
A.0050.68
RE 52
1 X 3/4
0.27
A.0050.09
A.0050.69
RE 53
1 X 1
0.27
A.0050.12
A.0050.72
RE 62
2 X 3/4
0.48
A.0050.13
A.0050.73
RE 63
2 X 1
0.48
A.0050.15
A.0050.75
RE 65
2 X 1
0.48
RE 72
2 X 3/4
0.80
RE 73
2 X 1
0.80
A.0050.17
A.0050.18
A.0050.78
A.0050.20
A.0050.80
RE 75
2 X 1
0.80
A.0050.21
A.0050.81
RE 76
2 X 2
0.80
RE 82
3 X 3/4
1.00
A.0050.24
A.0050.84
RE 83
3 X 1
1.00
A.0050.26
A.0050.86
RE 85
3 X 1
1.00
A.0050.27
A.0050.87
RE 86
3 X 2
1.00
A.0050.28
A.0050.88
RE 87
3 X 2
1.00
A.0050.23
Reducers ordering examples: E.g. Type RE31 = Male Thread 1 / Famale Thread
205

Fitting Accessories
Adaptors provide a means of connection between equipment with
dissimilar thread sizes.
REB range adaptors: Larger Female Thread/Smaller Male Thread
All the adaptors are designed for Ex d and Ex e mode of protection.
Different types and sizes are indicated on the Adaptor Selection Table
Specifications
Galvanised steel
REB... Series:
Material
Thread
Smaller External Male Thread NPT/Larger Inner Female Thread NPT

Smaller External Male Thread UNI 6125/Larger Inner Female Thread UNI 6125
Version on Request

- Brass nickel chrome-plating finishing
- Stainless Steel
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with

Selection Table
Code Uni 6125
Code NPT
Type
Size
Weight (kg)
A.0051.1
A.0051.71
REB 21
3/4 X 1/2
0.12
A.0051.2
A.0051.40
REB 31
1 X 1/2
0.15
A.0051.3
A.0051.73
REB 32
1 X 3/4
0.15
A.0051.8
A.0051.78
REB 52
1 X
0.27
A.0051.9
A.0051.79
REB 53
1 X 1
0.27
A.0051.13
A.0051.41
REB 63
2 X 1
0.35
A.0051.15
A.0051.42
REB 65
2 X 1
0.35
A.0051.18
A.0051.43
REB 73
2 X 1
0.60
A.0051.20
A.0051.80
REB 75
2 X 1
0.60
A.0051.21
A.0051.81
REB 76
2 X 2
0.60
A.0051.24
A.0051.84
REB 83
3 X 1
0.70
A.0051.26
A.0051.86
REB 85
3 X 1
0.70
A.0051.27
A.0051.87
REB 86
3 X 2
0.70
A.0051.28
A.0051.88
REB 87
3 X 2
0.70
Adaptors ordering example: E.g. REB31 = Female Thread 1 / Male Thread 1/2
206

Fitting Accessories
Male Taper NPT / Female Taper UNI 6125 thread adaptors provide a
connection between equipment with dissimilar thread sizes and type.
All the adaptors are designed for Ex d and Ex e mode of protection.
Different types and sizes are indicated on the Adaptor Selection Table
Specifications
Material
Brass nickel chrome-plating finishing
Version on Request

- Stainless Steel
- Galvanized mild Steel
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the adaptors with

Selection Tables
Cylindrical Male PG / Conic Female UNI-6125 or NPT thread

CODE UNI 6125
A.0051.52
A.0051.50
A.0051.53
A.0051.51
A.0051.54
A.0051.55
A.0051.56
A.0051.57
CODE NPT
A.0052.60
A.0052.61
A.0052.62
A.0052.63
A.0052.64
A.0052.65
A.0052.66
A.0052.67
TYPE
REB 16/1
REB 16/2
REB 21/2
REB 21/3
REB 29/3
REB 36/5
REB 42/6
REB 48/6
SIZE
X PG 16
X PG 16
X PG 21
1 X PG 21
1 X PG 29
1 X PG 36
2 X PG 42
2 X PG 48
WEIGHT (Kg)
0.12
0.15
0.27
0.27
0.30
0.35
0.60
0.70
Cylindrical Male Metric Pitch (1,5) / Conic Female UNI-6125

CODE UNI 6125
A.0051.61
A.0051.62
A.0051.63
A.0051.64
A.0051.65
A.0051.66
Type
REB m16/1
REB m20/1
REB m20/2
REB m25/2
REB m25/3
REB m32/3
TYPE
M 16 X 1/2
M 20 X 1/2
M 20 X 3/4
M 25 X 3/4
M 25 X 1
M 32 X 1
WEIGHT (kg)
0.12
0.15
0.27
0.27
0.30
0.35
207

Fitting Accessories
Stopping Plugs provide a means to close unused entries and maintain the
integrity of the enclosure. The Stopping Plugs are Ex d and Ex e certified.
Different Types and sizes are indicated in the Plugs Selection Tables.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass /Stainless Steel

IP67
-50C to 130C
Approvals
- Atex
- GOST
Standards
INERIS 04ATEX9006U
GOST Certificate
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Thread
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I IP67
Version on Request Alternative materials are:

Brass nickel chrome-plating finishing
Galvanized Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
Aluminium (Mg. 6%). Not suitable for Group I
Note
208
The Marking is directly realized on the Plugs with

Code-Brass Nickelchrome
G.1211.00
G.1212.00
G.1213.00
G.1215.00
G.1216.00
G.1217.00
G.1218.00
Code-Stainless Steel
G.1411.00
G.1412.00
G.1413.00
G.1415.00
G.1416.00
G.1417.00
G.1418.00
Type
T1
T2
T3
T5
T6
T7
T8
Code-Brass
Nickechrome
G.1231.00
G.1232.00
G.1233.00
G.1235.00
G.1236.00
G.1237.00
G.1238.00
G.1431.00
G.1432.00
G.1433.00
G.1435.00
G.1436.00
G.1437.00
G.1438.00
Type
T1N
T2N
T3N
T5N
T6N
T7N
T8N
Code-Brass Nickelchrome
G.1221.00
G.1222.00
G.1223.00
G.1224.00
G.1225.00
G.1226.00
G.1227.00
G.1421.00
G.1422.00
G.1423.00
G.1424.00
G.1425.00
G.1426.00
G.1427.00
Type
T20
T25
T32
T40
T50
T63
T75
UNI 6125 Threaded
3 1
1
2
2
3
NPTThreaded
NPT
NPT
1 NPT
1 NPT
2 NPT
2 NPT
3 NPT
Metric Threaded
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75

Fitting Accessories
Locknuts - DL
Gaskets - GK
Locknuts DL Series
made of Nickel-chrome
plated brass, suitable
for connection with fittings and cable glands,
with tightness gasket.
Tightness Gasket GK Series,

suitable for connection
with fittings and cable glands.
Code
A.1500.10
A.1500.11
A.1500.12
A.1500.13
A.1500.14
A.1500.15
A.1500.16
Type
DL 20
DL 25
DL 32
DL 40
DL 50
DL 63
DL 75
Size
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
Code
P.2201.14
P.2201.51
P.8650.13
P.8650.14
P.8650.15
P.8650.16
P.8650.17
P.8620.12
P.8620.13
P.8620.14
P.8620.16
P.8620.17
P.8620.18
P.8620.19
Type
GK 20
GK 25
GK 32
GK 40
GK 50
GK 63
GK 75
GK 1
GK 2
GK 3
GK 5
GK 6
GK 7
GK 8
Size
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
NPT UNI 6125
NPT - UNI 6125
1 NPT - UNI 6125
1 NPT - UNI 6125
2 NPT - UNI 6125
2 NPT - UNI 6125
3 NPT - UNI 6125
Rubber Shroud - PGA

Black Rubber Shroud PGA for cable glands protection.
Code
2.0001.01
2.0001.02
2.0001.03
2.0001.05
2.0001.06
2.0001.07
2.0001.08
Type
PGA 1
PGA 2
PGA 3
PGA 5
PGA 6
PGA 7
PGA 8
Size
M20 / UNI6125 / NPT
M25 / UNI6125 / NPT
M32 / 1 UNI6125 / NPT
M50 / 1 UNI6125 / NPT
M63 / 2 UNI6125 / NPT
M75 / 2 UNI6125 / NPT
M80 / 3 UNI6125 / NPT
Sealing Compound for Barrier Cable Glands

For a correct application of the quick-drying two-components Resin-Araldite compound in barrier cable glands, use of our special mixer-gun is strongly recommended. Manual mixer-gun grants a perfect dosage of the two-component compound.
One 200 ml. cartridge can seal between 30 to 35 barrier cable gland size 1 to 3.
Code
A.0299.10
A.0299.15
A.0299.20
H010030
H010003
Type
2012 / PT
2012 /1
2012/6
-
Notes
Manual mixer gun for two components cartridges 200 ml., 2012/1 type.
Single 200 ml. cartridge with mixer spout
Standard carton with 6x200 ml. cartridges completed with mixer spout
Manual mixer gun for single component cartridges (silicone only)
Silicone 7091 type n.1 310ml cartridge
209
210
Plugs and Sockets
FSX
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, AISI 316L
FSAL
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, Copper free Aluminium
FSR
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, Glassfiber Reinforced Polyester (GRP)
FPR
Plugs, Ex ed, GRP
Explosionproof Connector
Starline Explosion Proof Connector, Ex d/de, Hard anodic coating
212
214
216
218
221
211
Plugs and Sockets

FSX
The FSX range of socket outlets / welding receptacles are housed in
AISI316 stainless steel enclosure utilizing the DXN range of decontactor.
The socket is mounted on a hinged lid to keep internal space of the junction box available for ease of wiring and installation.
The FSX enclosure is supplied with terminal rail suitable for looping and
the cross section of looping terminals allows the use of cable size up to
one size larger than socket contacts for flexibility.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Stainless Steel AISI316L Housing

IP65-66 (see attached table)
-40C to 60C (see attached table)
- Atex
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
Standards
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4

POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Lid / Door gasket
Quantity for entries Nr. 1 double seal Ex e Stainless steel AISI 316L cable gland
Nr. 1 Ex e Stainless steel AISI 316L blank plug
Note
Dimensions
212
Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non
compatible voltage.
Plugs and Sockets

FSX
ITEM
CODE
ITEM TYPE
FSX-2-20-24-50
A.4300.26
FSX-3-20-110-50
A.4300.27
FSX-3-20-230-50
A.4300.28
FSX-4-20-400-50
A.4300.29
FSX-5-20-400-50
A.4300.30
COLOR
CODE
VOLTAGE
[V]
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
CURRENT
[A]
CON-NECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CORES
(RIGID
CORES)
[mmq]
Earth Pin FQ
Position [Hz]
ENTRIES
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC) [mm]
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
2P
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
110-130
1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
220-250
1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
380-440
3P+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9
380-440
3P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9
FSX-2-32-24-50
A.4300.31
24
2P
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-3-32-110-50
A.4300.32
110-130
1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-3-32-230-50
A.4300.33
220-250
1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-4-32-400-50
A.4300.34
380-440
3P+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9
FSX-5-32-400-50
A.4300.35
380-440
3P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9
FSX-2-63-24-50
FSX-3-63-110-50
FSX-3-63-230-50
FSX-4-63-400-50
FSX-5-63-400-50
A.4300.36
A.4300.37
A.4300.38
A.4300.39
A.4300.40
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
380-440
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
20 =
230 =
50 =
I.E. / Example
FSX-3-20-230-50
FSX =
Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel
3=
Poles Number
ITEM
TYPE
ITEM
CODE
CONTACT
COLOR VOLTAGE ARRANGECODE
(V)
MENTS
FSX-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4300.80
24
FSX-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4300.41
110-130
FSX-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.42
220-250
FSX-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.43
380-440
FSX-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.44
380-440
FSX-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.45
24
FSX-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4300.46
110-130
FSX-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.47
220-250
FSX-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.48
380-440
FSX-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.49
380-440
I.E. / Example
FSX-3-2a-32-230-50
FSX =
Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel
3=
Poles Number
2a =
Number auxiliary contact
2P
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
3P+E
+2aux
3P+N+E
+2aux
2P
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
3P+E
+2aux
3P+N+E
+2aux
Earth
CURRENT
Pin
(A)
Position
325X257 -9
325X257 -9
325X257 -9
405X407 -9
405X407 -9
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
Frequency (HZ)
FREQUENCY
(HZ)
CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CORES
(RIGID
CORES)
mmq
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
20 =
230 =
50 =
350X350X295
350X350X295
350X350X295
430X500X325
430X500X325
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
ENTRIES (AxBxC)
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
280x270
x268
280x270
x268
280x270
x268
350x350
x268
350x350
x268
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
255x177-9
255x177-9
255x177-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
Frequency (HZ)
213
Plugs and Sockets

FSAL
The FSAL range of socket outlets / welding receptacles are housed in a
copper free aluminium enclosure utilizing the DXN range of decontactor.
The socket is mounted on a hinged lid to keep internal space of the
junction box available for ease of wiring and installation.
The FSAL enclosure is supplied with terminal rail suitable for looping and
the cross section of looping terminals allows the use of cable size up to
one size larger than socket contacts for flexibility.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Copper Free Aluminum Housing

- Atex
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
Standards
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Silicone seal
External polyurethane painting (RAL 6003)v
Nr. 1 single seal Ex e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 Ex e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug
Note
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.
214
Plugs and Sockets

FSAL
ITEM TYPE
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
COLOR VOLTAGE
ITEM CODE CODE
[V]
24
CURRENT
[A]
Earth
Pin
Position
FQ
Hz
Cores
mmq
20
Central
50
10 / 10
ENTRIES
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
FSAL-2-20-24-50
A.4300.50
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-110-50
A.4300.51
110-130 1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-230-50
A.4300.52
220-250 1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-4-20-400-50
A.4300.53
380-440 3P+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
178x160x218
140x110 - 7
FSAL-5-20-400-50
A.4300.54
380-440 3P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
178x160x218
140x110 - 7
24
2P
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC) [mm]
FSAL-2-32-24-50
A.4300.55
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-3-32-110-50
A.4300.56
110-130 1P+N+E
2P
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-3-32-230-50
A.4300.57
220-250 1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-4-32-400-50
A.4300.58
380-440 3P+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
220x232x248
180x180 - 7
FSAL-5-32-400-50
A.4300.59
380-440 3P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
220x232x248
180x180 - 7
FSAL-2-63-24-50
FSAL-3-63-110-50
FSAL-3-63-230-50
FSAL-4-63-400-50
FSAL-5-63-400-50
A.4300.60
A.4300.61
A.4300.62
A.4300.63
A.4300.64
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
380-440
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
220x232x276
220x232x276
220x232x276
331x404x276
331x404x276
180x180 - 7
180x180 - 7
180x180 - 7
262x382.5 - 7
262x382.5 - 7
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
FQ
Frequency
Cores
CONNECTION TERMINALS CROSS SECTION FLEXIBLE CORES

(RIGID CORES) [mmq]
I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-20-230-50
FSAL =
Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3
= Poles Number
20
= Current (A)
230
= Voltage (V)
50
= Frequency (HZ)
ITEM TYPE
COLOR VOLTAGE
ITEM CODE CODE
(V)
FSAL-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4300.65
FSAL-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4300.66
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
Cores
mmq
32
Central 50 16/16/4
110-130 1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
A.4300.67
220-250 1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-4-2a-32-400-50
A.4300.68
380-440 3P+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-5-2a-32-400-50
A.4300.69
380-440 3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.70
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4300.71
110-130 1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-3-2a-63-230-50
A.4300.72
220-250 1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-4-2a-63-400-50
A.4300.73
380-440 3P+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-5-2a-63-400-50
A.4300.74
380-440 3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
24
2P+2aux
Earth
CURRENT
Pin
FQ
(A)
Position HZ
2P+2aux
ENTRIES
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
198x180x240
160x130 -7
198x180x240
160x130 -7
198x180x240
160x130 -7
220x232x248
180x180 -7
220x232x248
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
331x404x276
262x382.5-7
331x404x276
262x382.5-7
I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50
FSAL =
Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3
=
Poles Number
2a
=
Number auxiliary contact
20
=
Current (A)
230
=
Voltage (V)
50
Frequency (HZ)
215
Plugs and Sockets

FSR
The FSR range of socket outlets / welding receptacles are housed in
a GRP enclosure utilizing the DXN range of decontactor. The socket is
mounted on a hinged lid to keep internal space of the junction box available for ease of wiring and installation. The FSR enclosure is supplied
with terminal rail suitable for looping and the cross section of looping
terminals allows the use of cable size up to one size larger than socket
contacts for flexibility.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester

- Atex
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Lid / Door gasket

Surface treatment
Silicone seal
Black Glass Fibre
Nr. 1 single seal Ex e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 Ex e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug
Note
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.
Dimensions
216
Plugs and Sockets

FSR
ITEM
TYPE
ITEM CODE
COLOR
CODE
VOLTAGE
(V)
CUREarth Pin FQ
RENT
Position HZ
(A)
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
OVERALL
ENTRIES DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
Cores
mmq
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
FSR-2-20-24-50
A.4300.01
24
2P
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6.3
FSR-3-20-110-50
A.4300.02
110-130
1P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6.3
FSR-3-20-230-50
A.4300.03
220-250
1P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6.3
FSR-4-20-400-50
A.4300.04
380-440
3P+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6.5
FSR-5-20-400-50
A.4300.05
380-440
3P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6.5
FSR-2-32-24-50
A.4300.06
24
2P
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6.5
FSR-3-32-110-50
A.4300.07
110-130
1P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6.5
FSR-3-32-230-50
A.4300.08
220-250
1P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6.5
FSR-4-32-400-50
A.4300.09
380-440
3P+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6.5
FSR-5-32-400-50
A.4300.10
380-440
3P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6.5
FSR-2-63-24-50
FSR-3-63-110-50
FSR-3-63-230-50
FSR-4-63-400-50
A.4300.11
A.4300.12
A.4300.13
A.4300.14
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
FSR-5-63-400-50
A.4300.15
380-440
3P+N+E
63
Central
50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6.5
I.E./Example FSR-3-20-230-50
ITEM
TYPE
FSR-2-2a-32-24-50
ITEM
CODE
FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin
COLOR VOLTAGE
CODE
(V)
A.4300.16
24
3 = Poles Number
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
2P
+2aux
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
20 = Current (A)
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
273x250x286
273x250x286
273x250x286
273x250x286
230 = Voltage (V)
CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CUR- Earth
CORES
RENT
Pin
FQ (RIGID CORES)
(A) Position (HZ)
mmq
ENTRIES
235x200 - 6.5
235x200 - 6.5
235x200 - 6.5
235x200 - 6.5
50 = Frequency (HZ)
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6.5
FSR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4300.17
1P+N+E
110-130 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6.5
FSR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.18
1P+N+E
220-250 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6.5
FSR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.19
3P+E
380-440 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6.5
FSR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.20
3P+N+E
380-440 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6.5
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6.5
FSR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.21
24
2P
+2aux
FSR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4300.22
1P+N+E
110-130 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6.5
FSR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.23
1P+N+E
220-250 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6.5
FSR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.24
3P+E
380-440 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6.5
FSR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.25
3P+N+E
380-440 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6.5
I.E. / Example FSR-3-2a-32-230-50

FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin
3 = Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contact
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
217
Plugs and Sockets

FPR
The FPR range of plugs utilize the DXN System and are
compatible with socket outlet & welding receptacles FSR, FSX and
FSAL series.
DXN Decontactors, thanks to their self-extinguishing non-static
Glass Reinforced Polyester can withstand heavy duty use, severe
mechanical stress and presence of chemical aggressive agents.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester

Approvals
- Atex
Standards
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN/IEC: 60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7
EN: 61241-0, 61241-1
Ex-code
Dimensions
218
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Cable entry c/w single seal Ex e GRP Resin Cable Gland
Plugs and Sockets

FPR
TYPE
CODE
COL.
CODE
CABLE GLAND
EEx-e
VOLTAGE
[V]
CONTACT CURARRANGE- RENT

MENT
[A]
EARTH
PIN
POSITION
FREQUENCY
[Hz]
CONNECTION
TERMINALS CROSS
SECTION FLEXIBLE
CORES (RIGID CORES)
[mmq]
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
[mm]
FPR-2-20-24-50
FPR-2-20-24-50
FPR-3-20-110-50
FPR-3-20-110-50
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR-4-20-400-50
FPR-4-20-400-50
FPR-5-20-400-50
FPR-5-20-400-50
A.4301.01
A.4301.02
A.4301.03
A.4301.04
A.4301.05
A.4301.06
A.4301.07
A.4301.08
A.4301.09
A.4301.10
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
24
24
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
A.4301.11
A.4301.12
A.4301.13
A.4301.14
A.4301.15
A.4301.16
A.4301.17
A.4301.18
A.4301.19
A.4301.20
A.4301.21
A.4301.22
A.4301.23
A.4301.24
A.4301.25
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M20 (813)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
24
24
24
110-130
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
220-250
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
2P
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
A.4301.26
A.4301.27
A.4301.28
A.4301.29
A.4301.30
A.4301.31
A.4301.32
A.4301.33
A.4301.34
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M40 (2432)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M40 (2432)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M40 (2432)
24
24
24
110-130
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
220-250
2P
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
A.4301.35
A.4301.36
A.4301.37
A.4301.38
A.4301.39
A.4301.40
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M40 (2432)
M25 (1319)
M32 (1725)
M40 (2432)
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
I.E. / Example
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3
= Poles Number
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
219
Plugs and Sockets

FPR
TYPE
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
CODE
COLOR CABLE GLAND

CODE
EEx-e
A.4301.41
M20 (813)
VOLTAGE
(V)
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENT
2P+2aux
CONNECTION
TERMINALS CROSS
CUR- EARTH
FRE- SECTION FLEXIBLE
RENT PIN POSI- QUENCORES (RIGID
(A)
TION CY (HZ)
CORES) mmq.
32
Central
50
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4301.42
M25 (1319)
24
2P+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4301.43
M32 (1725)
24
2P+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.44
M20 (813)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.45
M25 (1319)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.46
M32 (1725)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.47
M20 (813)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.48
M25 (1319)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.49
M32 (1725)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.50
M20 (813)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.51
M25 (1319)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.52
M32 (1725)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.53
M20 (813)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.54
M25 (1319)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.55
M32 (1725)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
M25 (1319)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
A.4301.56
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4301.57
M32 (1725)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4301.58
M40 (2432)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.59
M25 (1319)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.60
M32 (1725)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.61
M40 (2432)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.62
M25 (1319)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.63
M32 (1725)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.64
M40 (2432)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.65
M25 (1319)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.66
M32 (1725)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.67
M40 (2432)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.68
M25 (1319)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.69
M32 (1725)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.70
M40 (2432)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
I.E. / Example
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3
= Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contacts
32 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
220
Plugs and Sockets

Starline Explosion Proof Connector
Technor is an approved distributor and stockist of the Amphenol
Starline & Starline Ex range of heavy duty connectors for power,
signal and hybrid applications.
Typical applications include:
Petro-chemical plants.
Off-shore oil drilling.
Automotive paint booths.
Aircraft Refuelling Pits.
Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Equipment
Specifications
Operating temperature from -20C to +40C
IP68
Hard anodic coating provides high dielectric strength and
superior heat/corrosion resistance.
High amperage of 1135 Amps at 1000VAC or DC rating available
Solder, crimp and pressure terminals available
Standards/Requirements
ATEX Certified for use in Zone 1 IIC hazardous areas
Certificate SIRA03ATEX1101X
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex de IIC T6
Coupling / mounting
Double lead Acme threads provide complete coupling in one turn of
the coupling nut, and do not clog under adverse weather
conditions. Large wiring space provided in cable housings and
conduit fitting bodies.
Code Logic Starline Ex

## code for grommets
used w/type 2 or 4
hardware styles/A,
B or C etc. for
Ex d gland sizes
Termination
Method
N for crimp contact/
R for pressure/Blank for solder
Cable Type Omit
if unarmored.
-BS or -BSR
Insert
configuration
Ex
13
Product
Series
Prefix
332
-01
BS
Hardware
style
Connector Shell Size
(12, 16, 20, 24, 28,
C20, C24, C28)
13 for Male plug/

15 for Female Inline/
17 for Female panelmount
18 for Panel Mount Circular Flange
19 for Thru Bulkhead-Dual Mate Receptacle
Example:
20
Optional Alternate
Key Position
Contact Gender
P for Male pin/
S for Female Socket
EX-13-3-C-20-332PN
Male plug with Ex gland for a cable with 0.95/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm male contacts
EX-15-4-1620-332SN
Female Inline with basketweave grip for a cable with 0.95/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts
EX-17-1-20-332SN
Female Panelmount. 20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts
EX-13-3-C-16-22PR-BS
Male plug with Ex gland for an armored cable with
1.25/31.75mm O.D. 4ea #4/25.0mm male contacts
EX-17-3-C-16-22SR-BS
Female Panelmount with cable adapter with
an Ex gland for armored cable to match above
221
Plugs and Sockets

Plug with Mechanical Clamp
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
EX - 13 - 2 Style
8-3/4 (222.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
E
15/16 (23.8)
N/A
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2)
3-3/4 (95.3)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
8-7/8 (225.4)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
2-7/16 (61.9)
4-1/2 (114.3)
N/A
3 1/16 (77.8) 4 3/16 (106.4)
2 1/4 (57.2)
2-7/8 (73.0)
5-1/8 (130.2)
N/A
8-15/16 (227.0)
9 (228.6)
EX - 13 - 3 Style
A
Gland Thread
6-1/16 (154)
3-9/16 (91)
2-1/8 (54)
M25
8-1/16 (205)
3-9/16 (91)
2-5/8 (67)
M40
8-1/16 (205)
3-9/16 (91)
3-1/8 (79)
M50
8-1/16 (205)
3-9/16 (91)
3-5/8 (92)
M63
8-1/16 (205)
3-9/16 (91)
4-1/8 (105)
M75
Plug with Kellems Grip
EX - 13 - 4 Style
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1)
1-1/4 (31.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/2 (38.1)
8 (203.2)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
2 (50.8)
In-line Receptacle with Mechanical Clamp
8-3/4 (222.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
8-13/16 (223.8)
8-7/8 (225.4)
8-15/16 (227.0)
9 (228.6)
EX - 15 - 2 Style
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
2 (50.8)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/8 (54.0)
1-15/16 (49.2)
3-3/4 (95.3)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
2-7/16 (61.9)
4-1/2 (114.3)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
2 1/4 (57.2)
2-7/8 (73.0)
5-1/8 (130.2)
N/A
15/16 (23.8)
2-3/8 (60.3)
1-1/2 (38.1)
In-line Receptacle with Ex d Gland
222
2-3/8 (60.3)
8-13/16 (223.8)
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
2 (50.8)
Plug with Ex d Gland
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
1-1/2 (38.1)
EX - 15 - 3 Style
B
Gland Thread
5-5/8 (143)
1-7/16 (37)
1-1/2 (38)
7-5/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
2 (51)
M25
M40
7-5/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
2-1/2 (64)
M50
7-5/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
3 (76)
M63
7-5/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
3-1/2 (89)
M75
N/A
Plugs and Sockets

In-line Receptacle with Kellems Grip
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
EX - 15 - 4 Style
1-1/2 (38.1)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
Panel Mount Receptacle (Potting Required)

Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
8 (203.2)
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
1.654 (42)
2-1/4 (57.2)
M40
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2.047 (52)
2-5/8 (66.7)
M50
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2.441 (62)
3 (76.2)
M63
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2.835 (72)
3-1/2 (88.9)
M75
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
3.228 (82)
4 (101.6)
M90
8-3/4 (222.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
8-13/16 (223.8)
8-7/8 (225.4)
8-15/16 (227.0)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
9 (228.6)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
2 1/4 (57.2)
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
1-1/2 (38.1)
2 (50.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2)
3-3/4 (95.3)
2-7/16 (61.9)
1-7/16 (37)
7-7/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
2 (51)
M40
7-7/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
1-/12 (64)
M50
7-7/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
3 (76)
M63
7-7/8 (194)
1-7/16 (37)
3-1/2 (89)
M75
4-1/2 (114.3)
Gland Thread
5-5/8 (143)
2-3/8 (60.3)
EX - 17 - 3 Style
1-1/2 (38)
M25
Fixed In-line Receptable with Kellems Grip
EX - 17 - 2 Style
Fixed In-line Receptacle with Ex d Gland
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
1-1/2 (38.1)
EX - 17 - 1 Style
Fixed In-line Receptacle with Mechanical clamp

Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
1-1/4 (31.8)
EX - 17 - 4 Style
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
1-1/4 (31.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/2 (38.1)
8 (203.2)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
223
224
Gas Detection
TN 2000-4
Mobile Gas Detection System, Ex de, AISI316L
226
225
Gas Detection
TN 2000-4
The Mobile Gas Detection System is specially designed as a protection
and shutdown system for use in connection with hot work in Ex Zones 1
and 2 within on- and offshore installations.
The unit is designed to shut down the connected electrical equipment
and give acoustic and visual alarm when gas is detected.
Specifications
Material sensor unit
Material trolley
Approvals
Approved lifting lugs
Ex protection control unit
Ex protection sensor
Sensor cable
Dimension trolley
incl. equipment
Total weight (control unit)
Mobility (control unit)
PLC
Sensor
Rated voltage
Max. current
Frequency
Gas monitoring
Level shut down
Earth fault monitoring/
shut off
Stainless steel DIN 1.4572 / AISI 316L

SS316
-20C to +40C
ATEX
2
Ex de IIC T5
II 2 G
Ex de IIC T6
II 2 G
Radox Tenuis-TW/S EMC
H x W 1275 x 500mm
105 kg
Wheeled, lifted
OMRON
Simtronics GD10,
Other sensors upon request
220 240 VAC
16A
50/60 Hz
0-100% LEL
10% LEL
30mA
Dimensions
Control unit
226
Shutdown unit (separate)

Documents - MX Instalatii Electrice Antiex

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Documents - MX Instalatii Electrice Antiex

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Documents - MX Instalatii Electrice Antiex

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Solutions through technology

Reservations of failure and changes in this catalogue.

Technor Group is an international technology group with its head office in

Engineering and Customer

Pressurized Systems and Cabinets

Control Equipment - Components

Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

Pressurized Systems and Cabinets

Audible and Visual Signals

Cable Glands and Accessories

Plugs and Sockets

1. Air (or in fact oxygen in the air)

Type of Ignition Sources

Where do we find explosive atmospheres?

Metal surface grinding, especially aluminium dust and particles

A place in which an explosive atmosphere

A place in which an explosive atmosphere

A place in which an explosive atmosphere

Explosive atmosphere for more than 1000 h/yr.

Explosive atmosphere for more than 10, but

Explosive atmosphere for less than 10 h/yr

A place in which an explosive atmospere in

A place in which an explosive atmosphere in

A place in which an explosive atmosphere in

Mixture too rich

1. LEL (Lower Explosive Limit)

Scope of application, placed in service and free movement of goods

Conformity assessment procedures

Criteria determining the classification decision of equipment groups in categories

Module: EC-type examination

Module: Production Quality assurance

Module: Product verification

Module: Conformity to type

Module: Product Quality assurance

Module: Internal control of production

Module: Unit verification

CE marking and contents of the EC declaration of conformity

Very high level of protection

High level of protection

Very high level of

High level of protection

Normal level of protection

The manufacturer needs to have a production

How to be in compliance with the Atex Directive

Manufacturers Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.)

Structure of Directive 1999/92/EC

1. Places where explosive atmospheres may occur

2. Classification of hazardous places

2. Explosion protection measures

Marking of Hazardous places

Classification of Ignition Sources for gas and vapour

Maximum Surface Temperature

Ethyl ether, Ethylene

< 180 Joules

Acetone, Butane, Ethanol, Gasoline, Hexane, Methanol,

Standards valid for

Intrinsically safe systems

Electrical equipment for Zone 0